WO2020218123A1 - Work vehicle, harvesting machine, and work machine - Google Patents

Work vehicle, harvesting machine, and work machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020218123A1
WO2020218123A1 PCT/JP2020/016610 JP2020016610W WO2020218123A1 WO 2020218123 A1 WO2020218123 A1 WO 2020218123A1 JP 2020016610 W JP2020016610 W JP 2020016610W WO 2020218123 A1 WO2020218123 A1 WO 2020218123A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
clutch
rotation speed
radiator
support
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/016610
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
松本健太
戸田義之
齊藤崇
タンチアユアン
磯▲崎▼耕輝
猿渡賢治
丸山純一
河合雄一郎
Original Assignee
株式会社クボタ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2019083085A external-priority patent/JP7169934B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2019102492A external-priority patent/JP7183114B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2019102495A external-priority patent/JP7183115B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社クボタ filed Critical 株式会社クボタ
Priority to CN202410010620.7A priority Critical patent/CN117751757A/en
Priority to CN202080026219.2A priority patent/CN113677193B/en
Publication of WO2020218123A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020218123A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D41/00Combines, i.e. harvesters or mowers combined with threshing devices
    • A01D41/12Details of combines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D57/00Delivering mechanisms for harvesters or mowers
    • A01D57/01Devices for leading crops to the mowing apparatus
    • A01D57/02Devices for leading crops to the mowing apparatus using reels
    • A01D57/03Devices for leading crops to the mowing apparatus using reels with supplementary controlled movement of the crop-engaging members, e.g. of the tines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D69/00Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D69/00Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers
    • A01D69/08Clutches
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K11/00Arrangement in connection with cooling of propulsion units
    • B60K11/02Arrangement in connection with cooling of propulsion units with liquid cooling
    • B60K11/04Arrangement or mounting of radiators, radiator shutters, or radiator blinds
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F01MACHINES OR ENGINES IN GENERAL; ENGINE PLANTS IN GENERAL; STEAM ENGINES
    • F01PCOOLING OF MACHINES OR ENGINES IN GENERAL; COOLING OF INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES
    • F01P11/00Component parts, details, or accessories not provided for in, or of interest apart from, groups F01P1/00 - F01P9/00
    • F01P11/10Guiding or ducting cooling-air, to, or from, liquid-to-air heat exchangers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a work vehicle, a harvester, and a work machine.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a work vehicle in which a work device (in the document, a "cutting section", a “threshing section”, etc.) is driven by a drive source.
  • a transmission belt (“belt” in the literature) is interposed between the drive source and the work device, and the transmission belt transmits the power of the drive source by the work clutch and does not transmit the power of the drive source. It is configured to be switchable to.
  • the transmission belt is switched to a state in which the power of the drive source is transmitted, the work clutch is operated after the rotation speed of the drive source is reduced. As a result, the slip of the transmission belt at the time of switching the transmission belt is reduced, and the transmission belt is protected.
  • the harvester described in Patent Document 2 is known.
  • the harvester described in Patent Document 2 is provided with a cutting section (“cutting section [3]” in the document) that cuts the planted crop while scraping it, and a scraping reel (“cutting section [3]” in the document) that scrapes the planted crop into the harvesting section.
  • a "scraping reel [12]" is provided.
  • the scraping reel includes left and right reel frames (“reel frame [19]” in the literature) that are rotationally driven around a rotation axis (“axis center [X1]” in the literature) that extends along the left-right direction of the machine.
  • a plurality of rod-shaped support members (“support frame [20]” in the literature) that are provided over the left and right reel frames and extend along the left-right direction of the machine, and a plurality of members that are attached to the support members at intervals in the left-right direction of the machine.
  • Tyne (“Tyne [22]” in the literature) and is provided.
  • the tine has a support portion supported by the support member (“mounting portion [35]” in the literature), a spring portion located below the support member (“coil portion [33]” in the literature), and a spring portion. It is provided in a hanging state and has an action part (“action part [32]” in the literature) that scrapes into the planted crop.
  • a radiator for cooling an engine is conventionally supported by a support frame formed in a square frame shape so as to surround the outer periphery thereof.
  • the support frame is fixed to the airframe frame by bolt connection or the like.
  • the dustproof case that closes the outside of the radiator body is supported so as to be swingable integrally with the engine bonnet, and the dustproof case and the engine bonnet are swinging outward. Then, the radiator is opened so that it faces the outside.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a work vehicle that has both protection of a transmission belt and comfort of operation by an operator.
  • the work vehicle according to the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [first problem] can be driven by a rotationally driveable drive source, a work device driven by the drive source, and can transmit power from the drive source to the work device.
  • a belt tension type work clutch that can be switched between a transmission belt, a transmission state in which power is transmitted to the transmission belt, and a non-transmission state in which power is not transmitted to the transmission belt, and a control signal relating to the engagement operation of the work clutch.
  • a clutch operation unit capable of switching the work clutch between the transmission state and the non-transmission state based on the on-control signal, which is the on-control signal, and the off-control signal, which is the control signal related to the disengagement operation of the work clutch.
  • the clutch operating unit When the clutch operating unit is provided with a rotation speed detection sensor capable of detecting the rotation speed of the drive source and the rotation speed is equal to or lower than a preset threshold value when the on-control signal is detected, the clutch is provided.
  • the operation unit immediately performs a transmission switching operation to bring the work clutch in the non-transmission state into the transmission state, and the rotation speed is higher than the threshold value when the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal,
  • the clutch operating unit controls the first rotation speed to lower the rotation speed of the drive source so that the rotation speed becomes equal to or lower than the threshold value, and switches the transmission in a state where the rotation speed becomes equal to or lower than the threshold value. It is characterized by performing an operation.
  • the clutch operating unit when the rotation speed of the drive source is equal to or lower than a preset threshold value, the clutch operating unit immediately switches the work clutch to the transmission state, so that the operation of the work clutch does not have a time lag. The speed of operation of the work clutch is ensured.
  • the clutch operating unit switches the work clutch to the transmission state after the rotation speed of the drive source is lowered below the threshold value, so that the transmission belt slips. Is firmly reduced. That is, according to the present invention, since the timing of the switching operation of the work clutch is adjusted according to the rotation speed of the drive source, a work vehicle in which the protection of the transmission belt and the comfort of the operator's operation are compatible is realized. Will be done.
  • the meaning of "when the rotation speed is equal to or less than a preset threshold value” also includes the meaning of "when the rotation speed is lower than the preset threshold value”. Further, in the meaning of "when the rotation speed is higher than the threshold value when the clutch operation unit detects the on-control signal”, “the rotation speed when the clutch operation unit detects the on-control signal” Is greater than or equal to the threshold value. ”
  • the first rotation speed control of the present invention in the sense of "decreasing the rotation speed of the drive source so that the rotation speed is equal to or less than the threshold value", “so that the rotation speed is less than the threshold value”. It also includes the meaning of "lowering the rotation speed of the drive source”.
  • the “rotational speed of the drive source” in the present invention may be the target rotation speed with respect to the drive source, or may be the rotation speed actually detected by the drive source.
  • the rotation speed of the clutch operation unit becomes higher than the threshold value.
  • the second rotation speed control for increasing the rotation speed of the drive source.
  • the accelerator operating tool for setting the rotation speed is provided, and the clutch operating unit controls the second rotation speed so that the rotation speed reaches the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool. It is suitable.
  • the first change rate which is the rate of change of the rotation speed per unit time in the first rotation speed control
  • the second rate of change which is the change rate of the rotation speed per unit time in the second rotation speed control.
  • the rate of change is set, and it is preferable that the first rate of change is smaller than the second rate of change. Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the first rate of change is constant regardless of the number of rotations at the time when the clutch operating unit detects the ON control signal.
  • the rotation speed of the drive source may suddenly decrease with the first rotation speed control due to the drive load of the equipment being applied to the drive source. Conceivable. In this case, if the operation of the drive source or the device is suddenly changed, the operator may be surprised or uncomfortable.
  • the first rate of change is smaller than the second rate of change, the number of revolutions when the number of revolutions of the drive source is decreased is larger than the change of the number of revolutions when the number of revolutions of the drive source is increased. It changes gradually. Therefore, even when a device other than the work device is being driven, there is no sudden change in the operation of the drive source or the device, and the possibility that the worker is surprised or uncomfortable is greatly reduced. Further, the configuration in which the first rate of change is constant regardless of the rotation speed of the drive source makes the operation change of the device more stable.
  • the first interval time which is the time from the completion of the first rotation speed control to the start of the transmission switching operation, and the time from the completion of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control.
  • the second interval time is set, and it is preferable that the second interval time is longer than the first interval time.
  • a notification unit capable of notifying the transmission switching operation is provided, and the notification unit is preset from the time when the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal and the start of the transmission switching operation. It is preferable to continue to notify the transmission switching operation when the set time has elapsed.
  • the notification unit notifies the operator of the state in which the clutch operating unit is switching the work clutch to the transmission state, so that the operator can recognize that the clutch operating unit is in the switching operation. ..
  • the notification unit notifies the operator of the state in which the clutch operating unit is switching the work clutch to the transmission state, so that the operator can recognize that the clutch operating unit is in the switching operation. ..
  • the set time is set before the completion of the transmission switching operation, and the notification unit stops the notification when the set time has elapsed.
  • the notification unit When the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal, the notification unit notifies the operator of the status of the switching operation of the clutch operation unit. Therefore, by configuring the notification to be stopped before the completion of the transmission switching operation, the notification by the notification unit does not have to be persistent, and the possibility of unpleasant notification for the operator is reduced.
  • the feature of the harvester according to the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [second problem] is that a harvesting section for cutting the planted crop is provided, and the harvesting reel for scraping the planted crop into the cutting section.
  • the harvesting machine is provided with a plurality of left and right reel frames that are rotationally driven around a rotation axis extending along the left and right directions of the machine, and a plurality of the left and right reel frames.
  • a rod-shaped support member extending along the left-right direction of the machine body and a plurality of tines attached to the support member at intervals in the left-right direction of the machine body are provided, and the tine is provided with a support portion supported by the support member.
  • a spring portion located below the support member and an action portion provided in a state of hanging from the spring portion and squeezing into the planted crop are provided and fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support member.
  • a cover member having a fitting portion and a cover portion extending downward through the rear of the spring portion and covering the spring portion from the rear is provided.
  • the cover member is attached to the support member in a state where the fitting portion is fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support member. As a result, the cover member can be firmly attached to the support member.
  • the support portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by a bolt
  • the cover member is provided with a portion continuous with the fitting portion and covers the head of the bolt. It is preferable to have.
  • the head of the bolt is covered by the part of the cover member that is continuous with the fitting part, so it is difficult for crops to wrap around the head of the bolt.
  • the tine is formed in a shape that passes behind the support member to reach the spring portion, and the fitting portion is fitted to the front portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support member. It is preferable that the cover portion is extended downward so as to be in contact with the rear portion of the tine.
  • the fitting portion can be successfully fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support member while avoiding the tines passing behind the support member. Further, the cover portion is extended downward in a state of being in contact with the rear portion of the tine. As a result, the cover portion is firmly supported by the rear portion of the tine, and the gap between the cover portion and the rear portion of the tine is reduced to prevent crops that cause wrapping around the spring portion from entering through the gap. it can.
  • the cover portion is extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the spring portion in a state of being in contact with the rear portion of the spring portion.
  • the cover portion is firmly supported by the rear portion of the spring portion, and the gap between the cover portion and the rear portion of the spring portion is reduced so that crops that cause wrapping around the spring portion can enter through the gap. Can be effectively prevented. Further, the portion of the cover portion located below the lower end of the spring portion can protect the spring portion from crops that try to wrap around the spring portion from below.
  • the cover portion is extended downward to a height position lower than the lower end of the fitting portion, and is below the lower end of the fitting portion in the cover portion. It is preferable that a support bracket for supporting the lower portion located on the side is provided.
  • the portion of the cover member that is separated from the portion (fitting portion) attached to the support member (lower portion of the cover portion) can be firmly supported by the support bracket.
  • the support portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by bolts
  • the support bracket is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member together with the support portion by the bolts. ..
  • the fixed structure can be simplified by standardizing the bolts.
  • the cover member is provided with a first engaging portion
  • the support bracket is provided with a second engaging portion, the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion. It is preferable that the support bracket is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by the bolt in the engaged state.
  • the cover member can be firmly attached to the support member via the support bracket so that the cover member does not come off from the support member.
  • the support bracket is provided with a pressing portion that presses the fitting portion from the side opposite to the supporting member in a cross-sectional view of the supporting member.
  • the fitting portion can be firmly held by the pressing portion so that the fitting portion does not come off from the outer peripheral portion of the support member.
  • the cover member is a long member that covers a plurality of the tines, and the lower portions of the cover members on both the left and right sides are supported by the support brackets, respectively.
  • the lower part of the cover can be supported in a well-balanced manner on the left and right.
  • the tine has one support portion, left and right spring portions distributed to the left and right with respect to the one support portion, and left and right spring portions corresponding to each of the left and right spring portions. It is preferable that the working portion is provided.
  • the support portion is shared between the left spring portion and the left acting portion and the right spring portion and the right acting portion.
  • the support bracket for supporting the cover portion is attached to the support member between the left and right spring portions.
  • the support bracket can be installed using the space between the left and right springs.
  • the spring portion is located below the front of the support member, and the cover portion is inclined forward and downward along the rear portion of the spring portion in a side view.
  • the cover portion is inclined along the rear portion of the support member and the rear portion of the spring portion.
  • the feature of the working machine according to the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [third problem] is that it covers the engine to form an engine room, supports the driver's seat from below, and faces laterally outward.
  • An open engine bonnet a radiator for cooling the engine provided on the lateral side of the engine in the engine room, and a radiator provided on the lateral side of the radiator to allow ventilation and prevent the passage of dust.
  • a dustproof case that closes the lateral outside of the radiator, a cooling fan that is provided on the lateral inside of the radiator and draws outside air through the dustproof case to cool the radiator, and an intake space between the cooling fan and the radiator.
  • a fan shroud that is provided so as to extend over the cooling fan and the radiator so as to surround the outer periphery of the radiator and guides outside air from the radiator to the cooling fan, and an opening formed on the lateral inside of the dustproof case and the radiator.
  • a support frame for supporting the radiator is provided so as to extend over the radiator, and the radiator is supported by the support frame so as to be slidable rearward along the cooling surface, and is supported in the rear part of the engine room. The point is that an opening is formed in which the radiator can be removed and removed rearward.
  • the operator slides the radiator rearward with respect to the support frame through the opening formed in the rear part of the engine room, and pulls out the radiator to the outside of the engine room through the opening. Can be removed. There is no need to remove the support frame, the operator only has to remove the radiator. Therefore, troublesome work such as removing both the support frame and the radiator to the outside is unnecessary. As a result, it is possible to improve workability when performing maintenance work on the radiator.
  • the fan shroud is configured so that it can be divided into a plurality of divided bodies in the circumferential direction.
  • the operator when removing the fan shroud with the radiator removal work, the operator can remove the fan shroud for each divided body.
  • the work of removing the fan shroud becomes easier and the workability of the maintenance work is further improved as compared with the case where the entire fan shroud is integrally formed.
  • a part of the plurality of divided bodies is supported by the radiator, and the other divided body of the plurality of divided bodies is separated from the radiator. Is suitable.
  • the part of the divided body is detachably supported by the radiator and can be detached rearward along the removing direction of the radiator.
  • the operator when removing the fan shroud, the operator divides the fan shroud into a part of the split body and another split body, and a part of the fan shroud is supported by the radiator. Since the divided body and the radiator can be removed integrally, the work can be done efficiently.
  • the upper portion of the fan shroud that covers the upper side of the intake space the lower portion that covers the lower side of the intake space, and the front side of the intake space in the removal direction. It is preferable that the front side portion to be covered can be removed.
  • the upper part, the lower part, and the front part are not likely to interfere with the cooling fan even if they are removed rearward along the removal direction. Therefore, the fan shroud can be removed and removed without interfering with the cooling fan.
  • the upper portion, the lower portion, and the front portion are integrally formed.
  • the operator can remove the upper part, the lower part, and the front part integrally, so that the work can be performed more efficiently than when each of them is removed separately.
  • the vertical wall portion covering the side surface of the intake space on the cooling fan side is the front side vertical wall portion located on the front side in the removal direction and the removal direction. It is divided into a back side vertical wall portion located on the back side of the above, and the front side vertical wall part can be removed and removed integrally with the upper part, the lower part, and the front side part. It is preferable that the back side vertical wall portion is provided integrally with the back side portion that covers the back side of the intake space in the removal direction.
  • the operator when removing the fan shroud, the operator can perform the upper part, the lower part, and the front side in a state where the integrally provided back side vertical wall part and the back side part are separated.
  • the part and the vertical wall part on the front side can be removed integrally, and the work can be performed efficiently.
  • an intake opening for intake air by the cooling fan is formed in the vertical wall portion, and a peripheral wall portion protruding toward the cooling fan side is formed in the outer peripheral portion of the intake opening, and the cooling is performed.
  • the fan is provided in a state of being inserted into the peripheral wall portion, and the boundary between the front side vertical wall portion and the back side vertical wall portion of the peripheral wall portion is connected so as to be disconnectable, and the upper portion and the lower portion are connected. It is preferable that the side portion and the front side portion are supported by the radiator.
  • the support frame is formed in a four-sided frame shape along the outer circumference of the radiator, and an opening is formed in the lower frame-shaped portion so as to penetrate vertically, and a lid body capable of opening and closing the opening is provided. It is preferable that it is used.
  • dust adhering to the cooling air inlet portion of the radiator may fall after the cooling operation of the cooling fan is completed and accumulate on the lower frame-shaped portion.
  • the lid When the lid is opened, the accumulated dust is discharged downward through the opening.
  • the opening is closed by the lid so that the cooling air can be properly passed through the dustproof case.
  • FIG. 16 is a front view which shows the inner tine and the cover member in the 2nd Embodiment. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVII-XVII in FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. It is an overall side view of the combine in the third embodiment. It is the whole plan view of the combine in 3rd Embodiment. It is a rear view which shows the internal structure of the engine room in 3rd Embodiment. It is a front view which shows the internal structure of the engine room in 3rd Embodiment. It is a top view which shows the internal structure of the engine room in 3rd Embodiment.
  • the left-right direction of the traveling vehicle of the combine when defining the front-rear direction of the traveling vehicle of the combine, it is defined along the traveling direction of the aircraft in the working state, and when defining the left-right direction of the aircraft, the left and right are defined in the state of the traveling direction of the aircraft. .. That is, the direction indicated by reference numeral (F) in FIGS. 1, 2, 10, 11, 19 and 20 is the front direction of the airframe, that is, FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 10, FIG. 11, FIG. 19 and FIG. 20. The direction indicated by the symbol (B) is the rearward direction of the aircraft. The direction indicated by the reference numeral (L) in FIGS. 2, 11 and 20 is the left direction of the aircraft, and the direction indicated by the reference numeral (R) in FIGS. 2, 11 and 20 is the right direction of the aircraft. Therefore, the left-right direction of the machine body corresponds to the width direction of the traveling machine body.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 show ordinary combine harvesters for crops such as rice, wheat and soybean.
  • a pair of left and right crawler traveling devices 2 are provided below the body frame 1 of the traveling machine.
  • a harvesting unit 3 as a working device is provided in front of the traveling machine, and the harvesting unit 3 harvests the crop to be harvested and transports it to the rear.
  • a threshing device 4, a grain tank 5, a grain discharging device 6, and the like are provided on the machine frame 1 as the working device of the present invention.
  • the threshing apparatus 4 handles and processes the harvested culms transported from the harvesting unit 3, and sorts the threshed products obtained by the handling process into grains and waste products.
  • the grain tank 5 stores the grains obtained by the threshing device 4.
  • the grain discharge device 6 discharges the grains stored in the grain tank 5 to the outside of the machine.
  • the combine is configured as a whole culm throwing type in which the root of the planted culm is cut and cut, and all the cut culms are put into the threshing device 4.
  • a driving unit 7 is provided on the fuselage frame 1, and the driving unit 7 is an area with a cabin on which the operator boarded and operates the operation.
  • the driving unit 7 is located on the right side of the front portion of the machine body, and the grain tank 5 is located behind the driving unit 7. Further, the threshing device 4 is located on the left side and the grain tank 5 is located on the right side, and the threshing device 4 and the grain tank 5 are arranged side by side in the left-right direction.
  • An engine 8 as a drive source capable of rotationally driving is provided on the lower side of the driving unit 7.
  • the threshing device 4 has a handling cylinder 9 that is rotationally driven around an axis along the front-rear direction of the machine body, and handles the cut grain culms transported to the front part of the threshing device 4 by the handling body 9 while sending them to the rear of the machine body. It is configured to do.
  • the harvesting section 3 is provided with a cutting section 10 and a feeder 11 side by side.
  • the cutting section 10 is provided in the front portion of the harvesting section 3, cuts the planted grain culms to be harvested, and laterally feeds and joins the cut cut grain culms to the middle portion of the width of the machine body.
  • the feeder 11 is connected to the rear part of the cutting section 10 and transports all the culms of the cutting culms collected by the cutting section 10 to the middle portion of the machine width of the cutting section 10 backward toward the threshing device 4. To do.
  • the harvesting section 3 including the cutting section 10 and the feeder 11 is moved to an ascending position around the horizontal axis P1 by expanding and contracting the lifting hydraulic cylinder 12 erected over the machine frame 1 and the feeder 11. It is supported so that it can swing up and down with the descending position.
  • the cutting section 10 is supported by a cutting frame 13 formed by connecting a square pipe, an angle member having an L-shaped cross section, and the like.
  • the cutting section 10 is provided with a pair of left and right dividers 14 and 14, a scraping reel 15, a cutting blade 16, and a lateral feed auger 17.
  • a pair of left and right dividers 14, 14 are provided at the foremost end of the traveling machine body, and weed the planted culms to be harvested and the planted culms to be non-cut.
  • the scraping reel 15 is located behind and above the divider 14, and scrapes the planted culm to be harvested toward the rear.
  • the cutting blade 16 is located behind the divider 14 and cuts the root side of the planted culm to be harvested, which is scraped backward by the scraping reel 15, and is configured in a hair clipper shape, for example. There is.
  • the lateral feed auger 17 is located between the cutting blade 16 and the feeder 11, and the cut grain culms cut by the cutting blade 16 are laterally fed to the middle side in the left-right direction to gather and gather toward the rear feeder 11. And send it out.
  • FIG. 3 is a system diagram of a transmission mechanism that transmits the driving force of the engine 8 to the crawler traveling device 2, the harvesting section 3, the threshing device 4, and the grain discharging device 6, respectively.
  • the engine 8 is provided with an output shaft 8a.
  • the output shaft 8a protrudes from the main body of the engine 8 to the left and right sides of the machine.
  • the first transmission belt 23 is wound around the pulleys of the output shaft 8a and the wall insert drive shaft 21, and the second transmission belt 24 is wound around the pulleys of the output shaft 8a and the traveling transmission shaft 22.
  • the output shaft 8a is configured so that the wall insert drive shaft 21 and the traveling transmission shaft 22 can be driven by belts.
  • a belt tension type threshing clutch 23A is provided on the first transmission belt 23, and the threshing clutch 23A applies tension to the first transmission belt 23 so that the first transmission belt 23 can transmit power.
  • the threshing clutch 23A corresponds to the "working clutch" of the present invention.
  • the power transmitted to the traveling transmission shaft 22 is transmitted to the traveling driving device 60.
  • the traveling drive device 60 is provided at a lower portion in the front portion of the machine body, and has a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. Further, the traveling drive device 60 drives the left and right crawler traveling devices 2 and 2 at a speed suitable for the driving operation based on the driving operation of the shifting operation tool and the turning operation tool (not shown) provided in the driving unit 7. It is configured as follows. The traveling drive device 60 is driven so that the left and right crawler traveling devices 2 and 2 have a constant speed or a substantially constant speed when traveling straight, and the left and right crawler traveling devices 2 and 2 have a speed difference when turning.
  • the transmission power of the wall insert drive shaft 21 is transmitted to the first item collection unit 28 and the second item collection unit 29 via the sorting transmission belt 25, respectively. Further, the transmission power of the wall insert drive shaft 21 is transmitted to the threshing relay shaft 37 via the threshing transmission belt 30.
  • a wall insert 33 is provided on the wall insert drive shaft 21, and the wall insert 33 rotates around the wall insert drive shaft 21.
  • the sorting transmission belt 25 is wound around the wall insert drive shaft 21, the relay shaft 26, the first item collection unit 28, and the second item collection unit 29, and the first item collection unit 28 and the second item are collected.
  • the recovery unit 29 is integrally driven by a belt via a sorting transmission belt 25.
  • the sorting transmission belt 27 is wound around the relay shaft 26 and the swing sorting device 32, and the transmission power of the wall insert drive shaft 21 is transmitted via the sorting transmission belt 25, the relay shaft 26, and the sorting transmission belt 27. It is transmitted to the swing sorting device 32.
  • the threshing transmission belt 30 is wound around the wall insert drive shaft 21 and the threshing relay shaft 37.
  • a bevel gear 43a is provided at an end of the threshing relay shaft 37 on the side opposite to the side on which the threshing transmission belt 30 is wound, and the bevel gear 43a engages with the bevel gear 43c of the handling barrel shaft 9A.
  • the handling barrel shaft 9A is a rotating shaft core of the handling barrel 9 and extends in the front-rear direction, and a bevel gear 43c is provided at the front end portion of the handling barrel shaft 9A.
  • a counter shaft 39 is provided on the side opposite to the side where the threshing relay shaft 37 is located with the handling barrel shaft 9A sandwiched in the left-right direction.
  • a bevel gear 43b is provided at the left end of the counter shaft 39, and the bevel gear 43b engages with the bevel gear 43c.
  • the threshing relay shaft 37 and the counter shaft 39 are arranged on the same shaft core in the lateral direction of the machine body, and as the threshing relay shaft 37 rotates, the rotational power of the threshing relay shaft 37 via the bevel gears 43a, 43b, 43c. Is transmitted to the handling barrel shaft 9A and the counter shaft 39, respectively.
  • the counter shaft 39 rotates in the direction opposite to the rotation direction of the threshing relay shaft 37.
  • the threshing relay shaft 37, the handling barrel shaft 9A, and the counter shaft 39 are each covered with a shaft case 36.
  • the left end of the threshing relay shaft 37 protrudes to the left side of the machine from the shaft case 36, and the right end of the counter shaft 39 protrudes to the right side of the shaft case 36.
  • the transmission power of the threshing relay shaft 37 is configured to be transmittable to the cutting input shaft 42 via the cutting transmission belt 40.
  • the cutting transmission belt 40 is provided so as to extend forward from the threshing relay shaft 37.
  • the counter shaft 39 is configured to be transmittable to the cutting input shaft 42 via the cutting transmission belt 41.
  • the cutting transmission belt 41 is located on the side opposite to the side where the cutting transmission belt 40 is located with the feeder 11 sandwiched in the left-right direction.
  • the cutting input shaft 42 functions as a drive shaft of the feeder 11, and is provided in a state of protruding outward on the left side from the transport case of the feeder 11.
  • the cutting transmission belts 40 and 41 are wound around the left and right ends of the cutting input shaft 42, respectively.
  • a sprocket is attached to a portion of the cutting input shaft 42 inside the feeder 11, and the cutting input shaft 42 and the feeder transport chain 11A rotate integrally via the sprocket.
  • a belt tension type cutting clutch 40A is provided on the cutting transmission belt 40, and the cutting clutch 40A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 40 so that the cutting transmission belt 40 can transmit power.
  • a belt tension type cutting clutch 41A is provided on the cutting transmission belt 41, and the cutting clutch 41A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 41 so that the cutting transmission belt 41 can transmit power.
  • the cutting clutches 40A and 41A do not apply tension to the cutting transmission belts 40 and 41 at the same time, and one of the cutting clutches 40A and 41A is one of the cutting transmission belts 40 and 41. Is configured to apply tension to the clutch.
  • the cutting clutch 40A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 40
  • the cutting unit 10 and the feeder 11 rotate so as to convey the cutting grain culm to the rear of the machine body.
  • the cutting clutch 41A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 41, the cutting unit 10 and the feeder 11 are reversed, and for example, when the cutting grain culm is clogged with the feeder 11, the cutting grain culm is returned to the front of
  • the transmission power of the cutting input shaft 42 is transmitted to the cutting relay shaft 45 by the cutting transmission belt 44 extending in the front-rear direction along the outside of the right side portion of the feeder 11.
  • the transmission power of the cutting relay shaft 45 is transmitted to the lateral feed auger 17 via the chain 46 and is transmitted to the cutting blade 16 via the reciprocating rotating rod 47.
  • the reciprocating rotation rod 47 is configured to be able to reciprocally slide the cutting blade 16 by reciprocatingly rotating at a predetermined angle. Further, the transmission power of the cutting relay shaft 45 is transmitted to the suction reel 15 via the chains 46 and 48 and the belt 49.
  • a pulley for winding the discharge transmission belt 50 is provided at the end opposite to the side where the first transmission belt 23 and the second transmission belt 24 are located, and the output shaft 8a and the discharge input shaft 51 are provided.
  • the discharge transmission belt 50 is wound around the above.
  • a belt tension type discharge clutch 50A is provided on the discharge transmission belt 50, and the discharge clutch 50A applies tension to the discharge transmission belt 50 so that the discharge transmission belt 50 can transmit the power of the engine 8 to the discharge input shaft 51. It is configured.
  • the discharge clutch 50A applies tension to the discharge transmission belt 50, the discharge screw 6A inside the grain discharge device 6 rotates via the discharge input shaft 51, and the grains stored in the grain tank 5 are discharged from the grain discharge device. It is discharged to the outside of the machine via 6.
  • the working device of the present invention is driven by the engine 8 as a drive source.
  • a threshing clutch 23A As described with reference to FIG. 3, as clutches capable of transmitting power to the transmission belt, a threshing clutch 23A, a cutting clutch 40A, 41A, and a discharge clutch 50A are provided. These clutches intervene in the power transmission system described above.
  • the threshing clutch 23A is arranged adjacent to the first transmission belt 23.
  • the cutting clutch 40A is arranged adjacent to the cutting transmission belt 40
  • the cutting clutch 41A is arranged adjacent to the cutting transmission belt 41.
  • the discharge clutch 50A is arranged adjacent to the discharge transmission belt 50.
  • Each of these clutches is a belt tensioner that can engage with each adjacent transmission belt and is configured to be switchable between a transmission state and a non-transmission state.
  • the "transmission state” means a state in which the clutch transmits power to the adjacent transmission belts
  • the “non-transmission state” means that the clutch transmits power to the adjacent transmission belts. It means a state in which power is not transmitted.
  • the threshing clutch 23A and the first clutch operation unit 52A are linked by an operation wire.
  • the first clutch operation unit 52A is configured to be able to switch the threshing clutch 23A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire.
  • the threshing clutch 23A is provided with a spring, and the threshing clutch 23A is urged away from the first transmission belt 23. From this, if the first clutch operating unit 52A does not pull the operating wire of the threshing clutch 23A, the threshing clutch 23A is held in the non-transmission state.
  • the cutting clutch 40A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are linked by an operation wire.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B is configured to be able to switch the cutting clutch 40A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire.
  • the cutting clutch 41A and the second clutch operating unit 52B are linked by an operating wire.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B is configured to be able to switch the cutting clutch 41A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire.
  • the discharge clutch 50A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are linked by an operation wire, and the second clutch operation unit 52B is configured to be able to switch the discharge clutch 50A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B is configured so that the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharge clutch 50A can be individually (independently) switched between a transmission state and a non-transmission state.
  • the threshing clutch 23A, the cutting clutches 40A and 41A, and the discharge clutch 50A are each provided with a spring, and each of these clutches is urged away from their adjacent belts. There is. From this, if the second clutch operating unit 52B does not pull the operating wires of the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharging clutch 50A, the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharging clutch 50A are not used. It is held in the transmission state.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 includes a first clutch operation unit 52A and a second clutch operation unit 52B.
  • the first clutch operation unit 52A and the threshing clutch 23A are linked to each other via an operation wire.
  • the first clutch operating unit 52A has an electric motor, and the operating wire extending between the first clutch operating unit 52A and the threshing clutch 23A is pulled or loosened by the electric motor.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B and the cutting clutch 40A are linked to each other via an operation wire.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B and the cutting clutch 41A are linked to each other via an operation wire.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B and the discharge clutch 50A are linked to each other via an operation wire. That is, three operation wires, an operation wire linked with the cutting clutch 40A, an operation wire linked with the cutting clutch 41A, and an operation wire linked with the discharge clutch 50A, are connected to the second clutch operation unit 52B. ..
  • the second clutch operating unit 52B has an electric motor, and these three operating wires are pulled and loosened by the electric motor.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B is configured so that these three operation wires are individually pulled or loosened as the electric motor of the second clutch operation unit 52B operates.
  • three cam mechanisms are interposed corresponding to each of the three operating wires, and each of these three cam mechanisms is provided with each of the three operating wires. It is formed in a different shape corresponding to. Then, each of the cam mechanisms rotates with the operation of the electric motor, so that these three operation wires are pulled or loosened separately. It should be noted that these three operating wires may be pulled or loosened at the same time as the electric motor of the second clutch operating unit 52B operates.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 includes an ECU (Electronic Control Unit), a memory (for example, DRAM or EEPROM), a relay circuit, various input / output devices, and the like, in addition to the first clutch operation unit 52A and the second clutch operation unit 52B. That is, the clutch operation unit 52 is also configured as an electronic control unit, and the electric motors of the first clutch operation unit 52A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are controlled by the electronic control unit.
  • ECU Electronic Control Unit
  • a memory for example, DRAM or EEPROM
  • relay circuit for example, various input / output devices, and the like
  • the operation switch 54 is arranged at an arbitrary position in the driving unit 7 (see FIG. 1) and is configured to be operable by a passenger boarding the driving unit 7.
  • the control signal of the operation switch 54 is input to the clutch operation unit 52, and the clutch operation unit 52 uses the electric motor of the first clutch operation unit 52A and the electric motor of the second clutch operation unit 52B based on the control signal of the operation switch 54.
  • Control That is, the electric motors of the first clutch operation unit 52A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are configured to be operable based on the control signal of the operation switch 54, and the above-mentioned operation wires are pulled or loosened. Or something.
  • the control signal includes an on control signal and an off control signal. That is, the clutch operation unit 52 is configured to be able to detect an on control signal and an off control signal from the operation switch 54.
  • the on-control signal is a control signal related to the on-operation of the clutch, and when the electric motor is rotationally controlled to pull the operation wire based on the on-control signal, the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state.
  • the disengagement control signal is a control signal related to the disengagement operation of the clutch, and when the electric motor is rotationally controlled to loosen the operation wire based on the disengagement control signal, the clutch is switched from the transmission state to the non-transmission state.
  • the first clutch operation unit 52A is based on the on-control signal which is a control signal for the on-operation of the threshing clutch 23A and the off-control signal which is the control signal for the off-operation of the threshing clutch 23A. Is configured so that it can be switched between a transmission state and a non-transmission state.
  • the second clutch operation unit 52B has an on-control signal which is a control signal related to each on-operation of the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharge clutch 50A, and an off-control signal which is a control signal related to the off-operation of these clutches. Based on the signal, each of these clutches is configured to be switchable between a transmission state and a non-transmission state.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 sets the clutch into a transmission state and a non-transmission state based on the on-control signal, which is a control signal related to the clutch on-operation, and the off-control signal, which is a control signal related to the clutch-off operation. It is configured so that it can be switched.
  • engine rotation speed R The rotation speed of the engine 8 as a drive source is hereinafter referred to as "engine rotation speed R”.
  • the engine speed R includes the meaning of "target speed for engine 8". Further, the engine speed R may include the meaning of "the actual speed of the engine 8".
  • the transmission belt adjacent to the clutch suddenly starts to rotate at high speed.
  • a sudden load is applied to the transmission belt, impact, vibration, slip, etc. are generated on the transmission belt, which may shorten the life of the transmission belt.
  • the first transmission belt 23 transmits power to a working device including a harvesting unit 3, a threshing device 4, and the like, a large load is likely to be applied to the first transmission belt 23. From this, it is desirable that the engine speed R is in a low state when the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 in the first embodiment is configured so that the engine speed R can be adjusted when the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state.
  • the operation in which the clutch operation unit 52 switches the clutch from the non-transmission state to the transmission state is hereinafter referred to as "transmission switching operation”.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 is configured so that the set rotation speed can be input from the accelerator operating tool 53, and the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 can be input from the rotation speed detection sensor 55.
  • the accelerator operating tool 53 is, for example, a dial-type or lever-type operating tool, and is configured so that the target rotation speed of the engine 8 can be set based on the operating amount of the accelerator operating tool 53.
  • the rotation speed detection sensor 55 is, for example, a rotation speed detector mounted on the engine 8.
  • the clutch operating unit 52 is configured to be able to output an instruction signal to the engine control unit 56 based on the amount of operation of the accelerator operating tool 53.
  • the engine control unit 56 is configured to enable various controls on the engine 8, and the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is adjusted by the engine control unit 56 based on an instruction signal from the clutch operation unit 52.
  • the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is detected by the rotation speed detection sensor 55, and the detected rotation speed is periodically (for example, every 0.1 seconds) transmitted from the rotation speed detection sensor 55 to the clutch operation unit 52 as a detection signal. ..
  • the clutch operation unit 52 is configured to be able to output a notification signal to the notification unit 57, and when the clutch operation unit 52 performs a transmission switching operation by the clutch, the notification signal is output from the clutch operation unit 52 to the notification unit 57.
  • the notification unit 57 is, for example, a monitor, a buzzer, an indicator light, or the like arranged in the operation unit 7, and is configured to enable notification regarding a transmission switching operation.
  • the passenger of the driving unit 7 can recognize the state in which the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state by the notification of the notification unit 57.
  • the notification unit 57 may be incorporated in a terminal (for example, a smartphone or a mobile computer) carried by a passenger of the driving unit 7 or a worker working in the field.
  • the clutch switching control by the clutch operation unit 52 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6.
  • the flow chart shows the control when the first clutch operating unit 52A switches the threshing clutch 23A from the non-transmission state to the transmission state.
  • “Start” in FIG. 5 is the timing at which the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal. From this timing, the clutch switching control is started, and the notification process is started first (step # 01).
  • the notification process is a process in which the clutch operation unit 52 outputs a notification signal to the notification unit 57, and the start of clutch switching control is notified to the passenger of the operation unit 7 via the notification unit 57. This notification process continues until the clutch switching control process reaches step # 17, which will be described later.
  • step # 02 it is determined whether the engine speed R is higher than the preset threshold value RL (step # 02).
  • the threshold value RL is stored in advance in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52, for example. Then, the engine speed R and the threshold value RL are compared.
  • the threshold value RL may have an arbitrary hysteresis width, and the hysteresis width stabilizes the determination based on the comparison between the engine speed R and the threshold value RL.
  • step # 02: No the clutch switching control proceeds to step # 11 described later.
  • step # 03 When the engine speed R is higher than the threshold RL (step # 02: Yes), the speed control flag FL is set to ON (step # 03).
  • the rotation speed control flag FL is a variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52, and is used in the second rotation speed control described later.
  • the first rotation speed control is performed (step # 04).
  • the "first rotation speed control” is a control for lowering the engine speed R so that the engine speed R becomes equal to or less than the threshold RL (or less than the threshold RL).
  • an instruction signal for lowering the engine rotation speed R is transmitted from the clutch operation unit 52 to the engine control unit 56, and in the engine control unit 56, the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is equal to or less than the threshold RL (or the threshold RL).
  • the engine 8 is controlled so as to be less than).
  • the engine speed R changes with time, and the determination of whether or not the engine speed R is higher than the threshold value RL is periodically repeated (step # 05).
  • step # 05: No the first speed control of the engine speed R ends, and the clutch switching control goes to step # 11 described later. move on.
  • step # 11 it is determined whether or not the rotation speed control flag FL is set to ON.
  • the torque of the engine 8 may be unstable because the first rotation speed control is immediately performed at this timing. Conceivable. In this state, for example, if the threshing clutch 23A is subjected to a transmission switching operation, it is conceivable that the output of the engine 8 becomes unstable at this timing. In order to avoid such inconvenience, the wait process as shown in steps # 12 to # 14 is executed.
  • step # 11: No the clutch switching control proceeds to step # 15 described later.
  • step # 12 the counting of the first waiting timer Tw1 is started, and the determination of step # 13 is repeated until the first waiting timer Tw1 counts up.
  • the first wait timer Tw1 is a timer variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52.
  • the time from the start of counting of the first waiting timer Tw1 in step # 12 to the counting up of the first waiting timer Tw1 in step # 13 is referred to as "first interval time".
  • the first interval time is the time from the completion of the first rotation speed control to the start of the transmission switching operation, and after the first rotation speed control is performed, the change in the actual rotation speed in the engine 8 converges. It is set as a waiting time for the torque of the engine 8 to stabilize.
  • the first interval time is a value stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52 and can be changed as appropriate. Of course, the first interval time may be a zero value.
  • the first wait timer Tw1 counts up immediately (step # 13: Yes), and no waiting time occurs.
  • the count state of the first waiting timer Tw1 is cleared (step # 14).
  • step # 15 counting of the notification timer Tn is started.
  • the notification timer Tn is a timer variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52, and is used to set the end timing of the notification processing started in step # 01.
  • the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started (step # 16).
  • the start of counting the notification timer Tn in step # 15 and the start of the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A in step # 16 may be performed at the same time.
  • the notification process by the notification unit 57 ends before the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed. Therefore, it is determined whether or not the notification timer Tn counts up after the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started (step # 17).
  • the count-up time of the notification timer Tn is set to be shorter than the time required for the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A. Further, the count-up time of the notification timer Tn is stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52 and is a value that can be appropriately changed.
  • step # 17 When the notification timer Tn counts up (step # 17: Yes), the notification process by the notification unit 57 ends (step # 18), and the count state of the notification timer Tn is cleared (step # 19). Then, it is determined whether or not the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed (step # 20), and the processes of steps # 17 to # 20 are repeated until the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed. During this time, the operation wire extending over the threshing clutch 23A and the first clutch operation unit 52A is pulled by the operation of the electric motor of the first clutch operation unit 52A, and the threshing clutch 23A is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state.
  • step # 17 If the processing of steps # 17 to # 20 is repeated after the determination of Yes is performed in step # 17 and the processing of steps # 18 and # 19 is performed, the notification timer Tn is in the counting state. Therefore, step # 17 always determines No. Further, although not shown in the flowchart, when the transmission switching operation is completed (step # 20: Yes) and the notification timer Tn is counting, the notification processing by the notification unit 57 ends and the notification timer Tn The count status is cleared.
  • step # 21 When the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed (step # 20: Yes), it is determined whether or not the rotation speed control flag FL is set to ON (step # 21). When the rotation speed control flag FL is OFF (step # 21: No), the clutch switching control ends as it is. When the rotation speed control flag FL is ON (step # 21: Yes), the second rotation speed control is performed in the processes of steps # 23 to # 27.
  • “Second rotation speed control” means that when the transmission switching operation is completed in a state where the first rotation speed control is performed and the engine rotation speed R is equal to or less than the threshold value RL (or less than the threshold value RL), the engine rotation speed R is changed. It is a control that raises the engine speed R so as to be higher than the threshold value RL. By this second rotation speed control, the engine rotation speed R is restored.
  • the second wait timer Tw2 is a timer variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52.
  • the time from the start of counting of the second waiting timer Tw2 in step # 23 to the counting up of the second waiting timer Tw2 in step # 24 is referred to as "second interval time".
  • the second interval time is the time from the completion of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control, and the impact and vibration applied to the first transmission belt 23 converge and the rotational state of the first transmission belt 23 becomes stable. It is set as a waiting time to do.
  • the second interval time is a value stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52 and can be changed as appropriate. Of course, the second interval time may be a zero value. In this case, the second wait timer Tw2 immediately counts up (step # 24: Yes), and no waiting time occurs. When the second waiting timer Tw2 counts up (step # 24: Yes), the count state of the second waiting timer Tw2 is cleared (step # 25).
  • the counts of the first wait timer Tw1, the second wait timer Tw2, and the notification timer Tn may be incremented from the zero value to the count-up time value. Further, the counts of the first wait timer Tw1, the second wait timer Tw2, and the notification timer Tn may be decremented from the value of the count-up time to the zero value.
  • the count-up times of the first waiting timer Tw1, the second waiting timer Tw2, and the notification timer Tn are set separately.
  • the second rotation speed control is started in step # 26, and the determination in step # 27 is repeated until the completion of the second rotation speed control is determined.
  • the engine speed R changes with time, and the engine speed R and the set speed of the accelerator operating tool 53 are periodically compared.
  • an instruction signal for increasing the engine rotation speed R is transmitted from the clutch operation unit 52 to the engine control unit 56, and in the engine control unit 56, the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53.
  • the engine 8 is controlled to reach the number.
  • the completion of the second speed control is determined (step # 27: Yes), and the clutch switching control ends.
  • FIGS. 7 to 9 show time charts of the engine speed R, the state of the threshing clutch 23A (see FIG. 4 and the like, the same applies hereinafter), and the notification process by the notification unit 57 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter). Is shown over time.
  • the non-transmission state and the transmission state of the threshing clutch 23A are shown by horizontal lines, and the state during the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is shown by an inclined line. ing.
  • FIG. 7 shows how the clutch operating unit 52 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter) performs a transmission switching operation when the engine speed R is always equal to or lower than the threshold value RL.
  • No is determined in step # 02 based on the flowchart shown in FIG. Since the rotation speed control flag FL is not set to ON, the determination of No is performed in step # 11, and the determination of No is also performed in step # 21. From this, the process of step # 01, the process of step # 15, and the process of step # 16 are performed substantially at the same time. Therefore, the timing at which the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started and the timing at which the notification process by the notification unit 57 is started are substantially simultaneous.
  • the timing at which the threshing clutch 23A starts to shift from the non-transmission state to the transmission state is the detection timing of the input control signal.
  • the processing of step # 01 shown in FIG. 5 and the processing of steps # 15 and # 16 shown in FIG. 6 are performed substantially simultaneously at the detection timing of the input control signal.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 is the threshing clutch 23A. Immediately perform the transmission switching operation for.
  • FIG. 8 shows how the clutch operation unit 52 performs the transmission switching operation when the engine speed R is R1 which is higher than the threshold value RL.
  • the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter) is set to R1.
  • FIG. 9 shows a state in which the transmission switching operation is performed by the clutch operation unit 52 when the engine speed R is R2 having a speed higher than the threshold value RL.
  • the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53 is set to be R2, and R2 is a rotation speed lower than R1.
  • the processes of steps # 01 to # 04 in FIG. 5 are performed at the timing when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the on-control signal.
  • the first rotation speed control is performed during the time Td1
  • the first rotation speed control is performed during the time Td2.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 controls the first speed and the engine speed R is the threshold RL.
  • the transmission switching operation for the grain removal clutch 23A is performed in a state of being below (or less than the threshold value RL).
  • the engine rotation speed R is lowered from R2 to the threshold value RL during the time Td2.
  • the first rate of change Rd is represented by the degree of inclination of the graph of the engine speed R in FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • the broken line shown in the graph of the engine speed R in FIG. 9 is a superposition of the solid lines shown in the graph of the engine speed R in FIG.
  • the degree of inclination (broken line) of the graph of the engine speed R when the engine speed R is lowered from R1 to the threshold RL and the degree of inclination (broken line) when the engine speed R is lowered from R2 to the threshold RL.
  • the degree of inclination (solid line) of the graph of the engine speed R is the same.
  • the first rate of change Rd is constant regardless of the engine speed R at the time when the clutch operating unit 52 detects the ON control signal.
  • the first wait timer Tw1 is counted based on the processes of steps # 12 and # 13 shown in FIG.
  • the first interval time is shown by "Tw1" in FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started based on the process of step # 16 shown in FIG.
  • the second wait timer Tw2 is counted based on the processes of steps # 23 and # 24, and the second interval time is shown by "Tw2" in FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • the second rotation speed control based on the process of step # 26 in FIG. 6 is performed.
  • the second rotation speed control is performed during the time Ta1
  • the second rotation speed control is performed during the time Ta2.
  • the engine rotation speed R is raised from the threshold value RL to R2 during the time Ta2.
  • the second rate of change Ru does not have to be constant, and for example, the second rate of change Ru may change according to the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53.
  • the first rate of change Rd is set smaller than the second rate of change Ru.
  • the time Td1 is set longer than the time Ta1
  • the time Td2 is set longer than the time Ta2.
  • the first interval time is the time to wait for the output of the engine 8 (see FIG. 3, the same applies hereinafter) to stabilize immediately after the first rotation speed control
  • the second interval time is the time immediately after the transmission switching operation. It is a time to wait for the impact and vibration applied to the transmission belt 23 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter) to converge.
  • the first interval time shown by "Tw1" in FIGS.
  • the second interval time indicated by “Tw2" in FIGS. 8 and 9 is set longer than the first interval time indicated by “Tw1" in FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • the second interval time is set to, for example, 0.7 seconds.
  • the first interval time is set to, for example, 0 to 0.3 seconds, and may be a zero value.
  • the set time counted by the notification timer Tn is indicated by the interval time of "Tn" in FIGS. 7 to 9, and the notification process is switched from ON to OFF at the timing when the count of the notification timer Tn ends.
  • the set time counted by the notification timer Tn is a set time preset from the start of the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A. That is, as shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, the notification unit 57 has a time when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal and a time when a preset set time has elapsed from the start of the transmission switching operation. Continue to notify about the transmission switching operation.
  • the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is not completed. That is, the set time counted by the notification timer Tn is set before the completion of the transmission switching operation. For example, if the time required from the start to the completion of the transmission switching operation is 1.3 seconds, the set time counted by the notification timer Tn is set to, for example, 1 second. Then, when the count of the notification timer Tn elapses for the set time, the notification unit 57 stops the notification. Therefore, the notification by the notification unit 57 does not have to be persistent, and the possibility that the operator feels the notification unpleasant is reduced.
  • the “working clutch” of the present invention includes the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharge clutch. It may be 50A.
  • the "transmission belt” of the present invention is the cutting transmission belt 40.
  • the cutting clutch 41A is the “working clutch” of the present invention
  • the “transmission belt” of the present invention is the cutting transmission belt 41.
  • the discharge clutch 50A is the “work clutch” of the present invention
  • the “transmission belt” of the present invention is the discharge transmission belt 50.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 makes a second rotation.
  • Numerical control is performed, but the present invention is not limited to this first embodiment.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 may be configured to be selectable and set so as not to perform the second rotation speed control.
  • the clutch operation unit 52 controls the second rotation speed so that the engine rotation speed R reaches the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53.
  • the engine speed control flag FL may be set to ON, and at the same time, the engine speed R at this timing may be stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52. ..
  • the engine control unit 56 controls the engine 8 so that the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 reaches the engine rotation speed R stored in step # 03. good.
  • step # 27 when the engine speed R reaches the engine speed R stored in step # 03, the completion of the second rotation speed control is determined, and the clutch switching control is terminated. good.
  • the engine rotation speed R is lowered in proportion to the time based on the first rate of change Rd.
  • the engine rotation speed R may be lowered in an S-shaped curve by control based on a known minimum jerk model or the like.
  • the engine rotation speed R may be increased in an S-shaped curve by control based on a known minimum jerk model or the like.
  • the first interval time which is the time from the completion of the first rotation speed control to the start of the transmission switching operation, is provided, but the first interval time is not provided. It may be configured.
  • the notification unit 57 notifies the transmission switching operation from the time when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal to the time before the completion of the transmission switching operation. It is not limited to this first embodiment.
  • the set time counted by the notification timer Tn may be set at a time after the completion of the transmission switching operation. Further, even after the notification timer Tn counts up, the notification unit 57 may perform some notification.
  • the second interval time is the count time of the second wait timer Tw2, which is the time from the completion of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control.
  • the count time of the second wait timer Tw2 may be set as the time from the start of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control.
  • the count time of the second wait timer Tw2 may be set longer than the time required for the transmission switching operation.
  • the count time of the second wait timer Tw2 may be set longer than the count time of the notification timer Tn.
  • the set time for the notification timer Tn to count is set to, for example, 1 second, and the count time for the second wait timer Tw2. May be configured to be set to, for example, 2 seconds.
  • the configuration disclosed in the above-described first embodiment (including another embodiment of the first embodiment, the same shall apply hereinafter) is applied in combination with the configuration disclosed in other embodiments as long as there is no contradiction. It is possible.
  • the first embodiment disclosed in the present specification is an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and can be appropriately modified without departing from the object of the present invention.
  • the invention disclosed in the first embodiment described above relates to a work platform.
  • the invention disclosed in the first embodiment can be applied not only to the above-mentioned conventional combine harvester, but also to a tractor, a paddy field working machine, a backhoe, etc. Is.
  • FIG. 10 shows a whole culm harvester (corresponding to the “harvester” according to the present invention).
  • the combine is provided with an airframe frame 101 and a crawler traveling device 102.
  • a cutting section 103 is provided for cutting while scraping the planted grain culm.
  • the cutting unit 103 includes a scraping reel 104 for scraping the planted culm, a cutting blade 105 for cutting the planted culm, a scraping auger 106 for scraping the harvested culm, and a cutting frame 107 supporting these. And are provided.
  • Dividers 108 for weeding the planted culms are provided at the front ends of the cutting frame 107 on both the left and right sides.
  • a driving unit 109 is provided at the front of the aircraft.
  • a threshing device 110 is provided for threshing all the culms of the harvested culms.
  • a feeder 111 for transporting the harvested culm toward the threshing device 110 is provided across the cutting section 103 and the threshing device 110.
  • the feeder 111 is vertically swingably supported by the front portion of the threshing device 110.
  • a hydraulic cylinder 112 for vertically swinging the feeder 111 is provided over the feeder 111 and the machine frame 101.
  • a grain tank 113 for storing the grains obtained by the threshing process of the threshing device 110 is provided.
  • a grain discharge device 114 for discharging grains in the grain tank 113 is provided.
  • the scraping reel 104 includes left and right support arms 115, a scraping reel drive shaft 116, left and right reel frames 117, and a plurality of support bars 118 (related to the present invention). It is provided with a “support member”), a plurality of tines 119, and a tine posture holding mechanism 120.
  • a connecting shaft 121 for connecting the base ends of the left and right support arms 115 is provided over the base ends of the left and right support arms 115.
  • the left and right support arms 115 are vertically and vertically swingably supported by the rear portion of the cutting frame 107 via the connecting shaft 121.
  • a suction reel drive shaft 116 for inputting power for scraping and driving the scraping reel 104 is provided over the tip portions of the left and right support arms 115.
  • a belt transmission mechanism 122 that transmits power to the suction reel drive shaft 116 is linked to the right end portion of the suction reel drive shaft 116.
  • the left and right reel frames 117 are rotationally driven in the direction of arrow A around the rotation axis X1 extending along the left and right direction of the machine body.
  • the left reel frame 117 is supported by the left end portion of the suction reel drive shaft 116.
  • the reel frame 117 on the right side is supported by the right end portion of the suction reel drive shaft 116.
  • the reel frame 117 is formed in a substantially pentagonal shape when viewed from the side.
  • the reel frame 117 includes a frame main body 124 having five arm portions 124a, and a strip-shaped plate member 125 wound around the tip portions of the five arm portions 124a.
  • the support bar 118 is a round bar-shaped support member that extends along the left-right direction of the machine body. Support bars 118 are provided over the tips of the five arm portions 124a on the left frame body 124 and the tips of the five arm portions 124a on the right frame body 124, respectively. That is, a plurality of support bars 118 (five in the second embodiment) are provided over the left and right reel frames 117.
  • the tine posture holding mechanism 120 holds the tine 119 in a posture extending downward from the support bar 118.
  • the tine posture holding mechanism 120 is provided with an auxiliary reel frame 126 that can rotate around the rotation axis X2 parallel to the rotation axis X1 and a link 127 that links the auxiliary reel frame 126 and the support bar 118.
  • the auxiliary reel frame 126 is formed in a substantially pentagonal shape when viewed from the side.
  • the auxiliary reel frame 126 is provided with a frame main body 128 having five arm portions 128a, and a strip-shaped plate member 129 wound around the tip portions of the five arm portions 128a.
  • a link 127 is provided over the tip of each arm portion 128a and each support bar 118 in the frame main body 128.
  • the support bar 118 is rotated via the link 127.
  • the tine 119 is held in a posture of extending downward from the support bar 118 regardless of the rotation of the reel frame 117.
  • the plurality of tines 119 are attached to the support bars 118 at intervals in the left-right direction of the machine body.
  • a plurality of outer tines 130 located at both left and right ends of the support bar 118 and a plurality of inner tines 131 (corresponding to the "tine" according to the present invention) located laterally inside the outer tine 130 are used. It is equipped.
  • the outer tine 130 is made of a round bar having an outer diameter larger than that of the inner tine 131, and has a higher bending strength than the inner tine 131.
  • the inner tine 131 is composed of a round bar having an outer diameter smaller than that of the outer tine 130, and has a lower bending strength than the outer tine 130.
  • the inner tine 131 is provided with a support portion 131a, a spring portion 131b, an action portion 131c, and an extension portion 131d.
  • the support portion 131a is supported by the support bar 118.
  • the spring portion 131b is located below the support bar 118.
  • the working portion 131c is provided in a state of hanging from the spring portion 131b and acts on the planted culm.
  • the extension portion 131d extends over the support portion 131a and the spring portion 131b.
  • the inner tine 131 is provided with one support portion 131a, left and right spring portions 131b, left and right action portions 131c, and left and right extension portions 131d.
  • the left and right spring portions 131b are distributed to the left and right with respect to one support portion 131a.
  • the left extension 131d extends over one support 131a and the left spring 131b.
  • the extension portion 131d on the right side extends over one support portion 131a and the spring portion 131b on the right side.
  • the acting portion 131c on the left side corresponds to the spring portion 131b on the left side.
  • the working portion 131c on the right side corresponds to the spring portion 131b on the right side.
  • the inner tine 131 is formed in a shape symmetrical with respect to its left-right center C1.
  • the support portion 131a is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 by bolts 132 while being placed on the upper surface of the support bar 118.
  • the support portion 131a is provided with a recess that opens rearward so that the bolt 132 can pass in the vertical direction.
  • the support bar 118 is formed with a hole 118a through which the bolt 132 is inserted.
  • the bolt 132 is inserted into the hole 118a from above the support portion 131a.
  • a flat washer 133 is externally fitted to a portion of the bolt 132 between the head 132a and the support portion 131a.
  • a nut 134 is attached to a portion of the bolt 132 that protrudes downward from the support bar 118.
  • the spring portion 131b is composed of a triple-wound spring portion around the axis parallel to the support bar 118.
  • the spring portion 131b is located below the front of the support bar 118.
  • the inner tine 131 is formed in a shape that extends from above the support bar 118 to the spring portion 131b through the rear of the support bar 118.
  • the working portion 131c is formed in a shape that extends from the spring portion 131b in the anterior-lower direction and bends in the rear-lower direction.
  • the extension portion 131d is formed in a shape extending from the support portion 131a to the spring portion 131b through the rear of the support bar 118.
  • a cover member 135 is attached to the support bar 118.
  • the cover member 135 is composed of a single elongated member that covers the plurality of tines 119.
  • the cover member 135 has a left-right length extending over the left and right ends of the support bar 118 (specifically, left and right extending over the outermost tine 130 located at the leftmost end and the outermost tine 130 located at the rightmost end of the plurality of tines 119. Has a length).
  • the cover member 135 includes a fitting portion 136, a first cover portion 137 (corresponding to the "cover portion” according to the present invention), and a second cover portion 138 (a "part covering the head of the bolt” according to the present invention. (Equivalent to), and are provided.
  • the fitting portion 136 is fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
  • the first cover portion 137 is extended downward through the rear of the spring portion 131b and covers the spring portion 131b from the rear.
  • the second cover portion 138 is provided continuously with the fitting portion 136 and covers the head 132a of the bolt 132.
  • the fitting portion 136, the first cover portion 137, and the second cover portion 138 are each formed over the entire left and right sides of the cover member 135.
  • the fitting portion 136 is formed in an arc shape that follows the shape of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
  • the fitting portion 136 is fitted to the front portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
  • the fitting portion 136 is fitted to a portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 on the front side of the hole 118a.
  • the upper end portion 136a of the fitting portion 136 is inserted into the gap between the front end portion of the support portion 131a and the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
  • the lower end portion 136b of the fitting portion 136 is inserted into the gap between the nut 134 and the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
  • the first cover portion 137 is extended downward in contact with the rear portion of the inner tine 131. Specifically, the first cover portion 137 is in contact with the rear portion of the spring portion 131b and the rear portion of the extension portion 131d, and is below the lower end of the fitting portion 136 and below the lower end of the spring portion 131b. It is extended downward to the height position of. The first cover portion 137 is inclined forward downward along the rear portion of the spring portion 131b and the rear portion of the extension portion 131d in a side view.
  • the second cover portion 138 covers the head 132a and the support portion 131a of the bolt 132 so that the head 132a and the support portion 131a of the bolt 132 are not exposed.
  • the second cover portion 138 is formed over the upper end portion of the fitting portion 136 and the upper end portion of the first cover portion 137.
  • Support brackets 139 are attached to the left and right ends of the support bar 118, respectively.
  • the support bracket 139 supports the lower portion of the first cover portion 137 that is located below the lower end of the fitting portion 136. That is, the lower portions of the cover member 135 on both the left and right sides are supported by the support brackets 139, respectively.
  • the left support bracket 139 is attached to the support bar 118 between the left and right spring portions 131b of the inner tine 131 located at the leftmost end of the plurality of inner tines 131.
  • the right support bracket 139 is attached to the support bar 118 between the left and right spring portions 131b of the inner tine 131 located at the rightmost end of the plurality of inner tines 131.
  • the support bracket 139 is made of a bent plate material.
  • the support bracket 139 includes a mounting portion 139a, a holding portion 139b, and an engaging portion 139c (corresponding to the "second engaging portion” according to the present invention).
  • a hole 139d through which the bolt 132 is inserted is formed in the mounting portion 139a.
  • a nut 140 is attached to a portion of the bolt 132 that protrudes downward from the attachment portion 139a. That is, the support bracket 139 is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 together with the support portion 131a by bolts 132.
  • the holding portion 139b is provided so as to stand up from the front end portion of the mounting portion 139a.
  • the pressing portion 139b presses the fitting portion 136 from the side opposite to the supporting bar 118 (front side) in a side view (cross-sectional view of the support bar 118).
  • the upper end of the pressing portion 139b is located at a height position above the center X3 of the support bar 118 in a side view.
  • the engaging portion 139c is provided so as to hang down from the rear end portion of the mounting portion 139a.
  • the inner surface portion (the surface portion on the side facing the spring portion 131b) of the first cover portion 137 has an engaging portion 137a (the first one according to the present invention) over the entire left and right sides of the cover member 135. (Equivalent to one engaging part) is formed.
  • the engaging portion 137a is formed in a groove shape in a side view.
  • the inner tine 131 is provided with one support portion 131a, left and right spring portions 131b, left and right extension portions 131d, and left and right action portions 131c. ing.
  • the inner tine 131 may be configured to include one support portion 131a, one spring portion 131b, and one action portion 131c.
  • the spring portion 131b is composed of a triple-wound spring portion.
  • the spring portion 131b may be composed of a double-wound or single-wound spring portion.
  • the cover member 135 is provided with the second cover portion 138.
  • the cover member 135 may not be provided with the second cover portion 138.
  • the inner tine 131 is formed in a shape that passes behind the support bar 118 and reaches the spring portion 131b.
  • the inner tine 131 may be formed in a shape that passes in front of the support bar 118 and reaches the spring portion 131b.
  • the fitting portion 136 is fitted to the front portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
  • the fitting portion 136 may be fitted to the rear portion, the upper portion, or the lower portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
  • the first cover portion 137 is extended downward in contact with the rear portion of the inner tine 131 (spring portion 131b). However, the first cover portion 137 may be extended downward in contact with the front portion of the inner tine 131 (spring portion 131b).
  • the first cover portion 137 is extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the spring portion 131b.
  • the first cover portion 137 does not have to be extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the spring portion 131b.
  • the first cover portion 137 may be extended downward to a height position above the lower end of the spring portion 131b.
  • the first cover portion 137 may be extended downward to the same height position as the lower end of the spring portion 131b.
  • the support bracket 139 is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 by a bolt 132 common to the inner tine 131.
  • the support bracket 139 may be fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 by a bolt different from the bolt 132.
  • the support bracket 139 is attached to the support bar 118 between the left and right spring portions 131b in one inner tine 131.
  • the support bracket 139 may be attached to the support bar 118 between adjacent inner tines 131.
  • the support bracket 139 is bolted to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 in a state where the engaging portion 137a of the cover member 135 and the engaging portion 139c of the support bracket 139 are engaged. It is fixed by 132. However, the cover member 135 and the support bracket 139 may not be provided with the engaging portion 137a and the engaging portion 139, respectively.
  • the support bracket 139 is provided with a holding portion 139b.
  • the support bracket 139 may not be provided with the holding portion 139b.
  • the cover member 135 is covered with a cover member divided into two front and rear parts from above the cover member 135, and the cover member is tightened in the front-rear direction so that the cover member 135 does not come off from the support bar 118. May be good.
  • the support bracket 139 is provided.
  • the support bracket 139 may not be provided.
  • the cover member 135 is composed of a single elongated member covering a plurality of tines 119.
  • the cover member 135 may be configured so as to be split into two or more members.
  • the configuration disclosed in the above-mentioned second embodiment (including another embodiment of the second embodiment, the same shall apply hereinafter) is applied in combination with the configuration disclosed in the other embodiment as long as there is no contradiction. It is possible.
  • the second embodiment disclosed in the present specification is an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and can be appropriately modified without departing from the object of the present invention.
  • the invention disclosed in the second embodiment can be used for a corn harvester as well as a whole culm harvester.
  • FIG. 19 shows a conventional combine harvester.
  • the traveling body of this combine is provided with a body frame 201 and a crawler traveling device 202.
  • a harvesting section 203 for harvesting planted culms in the field is provided.
  • a scraping reel 204 for scraping the planted culms
  • a cutting blade 205 for cutting the planted culms
  • an auger for laterally feeding the harvested culms in the cutting width direction, gathering them, and sending them backward.
  • a driving unit 207 is provided behind the harvesting unit 203.
  • the driving unit 207 is covered with the cabin 208.
  • a grain tank 209 for storing grains obtained by threshing is provided behind the driving unit 207.
  • a threshing device 210 for threshing all the culms of the harvested culms is provided side by side with the grain tank 209.
  • the grain tank 209 is configured to be rotatable around an axial core Y1 extending in the vertical direction at the rear of the grain tank 209, over an open position overhanging to the right and a closed position located next to the rear of the operation unit 207. Has been done.
  • a feeder 211 is provided across the harvesting section 203 and the threshing device 210 to transport all the culms of the harvested culms toward the threshing device 210.
  • the driver unit 207 is provided with a driver's seat 212 and an operation panel 213 provided with various operation tools.
  • a driving unit 215 is provided below the operating unit 207.
  • the driving unit 215 includes an engine 216, a radiator 217 for cooling the engine, a cooling fan 218, a fan shroud 219, and the like.
  • the radiator 217 cools the engine 216, and the cooling fan 218 draws in outside air to cool the radiator 217.
  • the fan shroud 219 guides outside air from the radiator 217 to the cooling fan 218.
  • an engine bonnet 221 is provided, and the engine bonnet 221 covers the upper part of the engine 216 to form an engine room 220.
  • the engine bonnet 221 supports the driver's seat 212 from below and is open to the outside.
  • the radiator 217 is provided on the lateral side of the engine 216 in the engine room 220.
  • the cooling fan 218 is provided on the lateral inside of the radiator 217 in the engine room 220.
  • the lateral outside of the engine room 220 is covered with a dustproof case 222 located on the outside of the fuselage with respect to the radiator 217.
  • a dust net 223 is provided on the lateral outer surface of the dust case 222, and the dust net 223 is breathable and blocks the passage of dust.
  • the rear end of the dustproof case 222 is supported by the support frame 225 so as to be swingable around the vertical axis core Y2 via the hinge 224.
  • the support frame 225 is formed in a frame shape so as to substantially follow the outer peripheral portion of the dustproof case 222, and is fixed to the radiator frame 226.
  • the dustproof case 222 swings around the vertical axis core Y2 to be in a closed posture that covers the outside of the engine room 220 and an open posture that opens the outside of the engine room 220 (see the virtual line in FIG. 20). It can swing over.
  • the cooling fan 218 draws in outside air through the dustproof case 222 in the closed position to cool the radiator 217.
  • a fan shroud 219 is provided between the radiator 217 and the cooling fan 218, and the fan shroud 219 guides the outside air so that the cooling air from the cooling fan 218 efficiently passes through the radiator 217.
  • the fan shroud 219 is provided so as to extend over the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217 in a state of surrounding the outer periphery of the intake space between the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217.
  • the transmission mechanism that transmits the power of the engine 216 to the cooling fan 218 is provided with a rotation direction switching mechanism that can switch the rotation direction of the cooling fan 218 in the forward and reverse directions.
  • the cooling fan 218 draws in outside air through the dustproof case 222 to cool the radiator 217.
  • the cooling fan 218 can blow the wind toward the lateral outside to blow off the dust adhering to the dust net 223 of the dustproof case 222.
  • dust may adhere and accumulate on the inside of the radiator 217.
  • the radiator 217 has a rectangular cooling surface 217A in a side view, and the outside air drawn by the cooling fan 218 via the dustproof case 222 passes through the cooling surface 217A and exerts a cooling action.
  • an intercooler 229 that cools the combustion air for the engine 216 by using the cooling air is provided.
  • the exhaust port 231 of the air cleaner 230 provided behind the driver's seat 212 and the suction port of the compression unit 232a in the supercharger 232 provided on the upper part of the engine 216 are excessive. It is connected via the turbocharger suction pipe 233.
  • the discharge port of the compression unit 232a in the turbocharger 232 and the introduction port 229a of the intercooler 229 are connected via the supply pipe 234.
  • the inlet 229b of the intercooler 229 and the intake portion of the engine 216 are connected via an engine suction pipe 235.
  • the suction portion of the turbine portion 232b of the turbocharger 232 is connected to the exhaust manifold 237 of the engine 216, and the exhaust pipe 238 is connected to the exhaust portion of the turbine portion 232b of the turbocharger 232.
  • the upper part of the engine 216 is provided with an exhaust gas purification device 239 that purifies the exhaust gas so as to reduce the diesel particulates contained in the exhaust of the engine 216 by a collection filter (not shown).
  • the front portion of the exhaust gas purification device 239 is supported by a connecting flange 241 provided on the exhaust pipe 238 via an L-shaped support bracket 240 in a side view.
  • the support bracket 240 holds the position of the connection point of the supply pipe 234 to the turbocharger 232. As shown in FIG. 28, a mounting plate 242 along the front-rear direction is integrally provided at the right end of the support bracket 240. Both sides of the holding member 243 that sandwiches and holds the supply pipe 234 are bolted to the mounting plate 242. The supply pipe 234 is gripped by the holding member 243 and is held so that the supply pipe 234 does not come off due to frictional force.
  • the radiator 217 is supported by the radiator frame 226 as a support frame.
  • the radiator frame 226 covers the intake space between the radiator 217 and the dustproof case 222, and is formed in a square frame shape along the outer periphery of the radiator 217 so that the outside air passing through the dustproof case 222 is guided to the cooling surface 217A.
  • the radiator frame 226 has a lower frame-shaped portion 245, front and rear frame-shaped portions 246 and 247, and an upper frame-shaped portion 248 on the outer periphery of the radiator 217. It is provided in a rectangular shape in a side view along the line.
  • the bottom of the radiator frame 226 is supported by the airframe frame 201.
  • the radiator frame 226 is provided with a mounting support portion 249, and the mounting support portion 249 protrudes from the lower frame-shaped portion 245 toward the lateral inside of the machine body.
  • the mounting support portion 249 is composed of a plate-like body having a horizontal posture that is long in the front-rear direction and narrow in the left-right direction.
  • a receiving portion 250 is provided at the front end portion of the mounting support portion 249, and the receiving portion 250 prevents the radiator 217 mounted on the mounting support portion 249 from coming off forward.
  • the rear end portion of the mounting support portion 249 is not provided with a member for receiving and blocking, and the rear end portion of the mounting support portion 249 is open. Therefore, the operator can pull out the radiator 217 rearward.
  • a reinforcing rib 251 is provided on the lower side of the rear end portion of the mounting support portion 249.
  • two engaging holes 253 are formed in the mounting support portion 249.
  • the two locking pins 252 project downward from the lower part of the radiator 217 at two front and rear positions.
  • the radiator 217 is mounted and supported on the mounting support portion 249 by each of the two locking pins 252 entering the engaging hole 253 to prevent the radiator 217 from being displaced.
  • the upper part of the radiator 217 is connected to the upper frame-shaped portion 246 of the radiator frame 226 via the connecting bracket 254 at two front and rear positions.
  • a large opening 255 is formed at the rear of the engine room 220 so that the radiator 217 can be pulled out and removed rearward.
  • the radiator 217 supported by the mounting support 249 is rearwarded from the rear opening 255 of the engine room 220, as shown by a virtual line in FIG. Can be slid towards.
  • the radiator 217 slides backward along the cooling surface 217A on the upper surface of the mounting support portion 249.
  • the operator removes the radiator 217, it is necessary to open the grain tank 209 to the open position, remove the cooling water circulation pipe 256, and disconnect the connecting bracket 254 in advance. Further, the operator moves the radiator 217 while sliding it with respect to the mounting support portion 249 in a state where the locking pin 252 and the engaging hole 253 are disengaged.
  • the lower frame-shaped portion 245 of the radiator frame 226 is provided with a cleaning port 257 as an opening that penetrates vertically, and a lid 258 that can open and close the cleaning port 257.
  • the frame-shaped portion 245 includes a vertical surface portion 245a for fixing the support frame 225 of the dustproof case 222 on the outer side in the left-right direction, and a vertical surface portion 245b for fixing the mounting support portion 249 on the inner and inner sides in the left-right direction. It has a U-shaped cross section when viewed in the anteroposterior direction. Therefore, if dust accumulates inside the lower frame-shaped portion 245, it is difficult to clean it. Therefore, the cleaning port 257 is configured to remove dust.
  • the lid body 258 inserts and engages the bifurcated insertion portion 259 provided at the rear end portion with the inner edge of the rear end of the cleaning port 257, and also engages with the front-rear central portion of the lid body 258. And the front end portion are bolted to the peripheral edge portion of the cleaning port 257 of the lower frame-shaped portion 245. The operator can easily remove the lid 258 by releasing the bolt connection.
  • the fan shroud 219 is provided so as to extend over the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217 in a state of surrounding the outer periphery of the intake space between the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217.
  • the fan shroud 219 has an upper portion 219a covering the upper side of the intake space, a lower portion 219b covering the lower side of the intake space, and a rear portion covering the rear side of the intake space. It includes a 219c, a front side portion 219d that covers the front side of the intake space, and a vertical wall portion 219e that covers the side surface on the left side (cooling fan 218 side) of the intake space.
  • the rear side corresponds to the front side in the extraction direction of the radiator 217
  • the rear side portion 219c corresponds to the "front side portion” that covers the front side in the extraction direction of the intake space.
  • the front side portion 219d corresponds to the "back side portion” that covers the back side of the intake space in the removal direction.
  • the upper portion 219a is provided in a horizontal posture.
  • the lower portion 219b is provided in an inclined posture which is located on the upper side toward the left side.
  • the rear side portion 219c is provided in an inclined posture which is located on the front side toward the left side.
  • the front side portion 219d is provided in an inclined posture which is located on the rear side toward the left side.
  • the right end of the fan shroud 219 is formed in a rectangular shape surrounding the outer periphery of the radiator 217, and the intake space surrounded by the fan shroud 219 faces the left side (cooling fan 218 side) along the front-rear direction and the vertical direction. The width is getting narrower. With this configuration, the cooling air passing through the intake space is satisfactorily guided to the cooling fan 218 side.
  • the vertical wall portion 219e is formed with an intake opening 260 in which intake is performed by the cooling fan 218.
  • the intake opening 260 is circular and is formed to have a large diameter close to the substantially vertical width of the vertical wall portion 219e.
  • a peripheral wall portion 261 projecting toward the cooling fan 218 is formed at the inner edge portion of the intake opening 260.
  • the cooling fan 218 is provided so as to enter the peripheral wall portion 261.
  • the intake opening 260 corresponds to an "opening" formed on the lateral inner side of the dustproof case 222.
  • the vertical wall portion 219e of the fan shroud 219 is divided into a left vertical wall portion 219e1 located on the left side and a right vertical wall portion 219e2 located on the right side at substantially the center position on the left and right.
  • the left vertical wall portion 219e1 corresponds to the "front vertical wall portion” located on the front side in the removal direction.
  • the right vertical wall portion 219e2 corresponds to the "back side vertical wall portion" located on the back side in the removal direction.
  • the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b, and the rear portion 219c are integrally formed.
  • the left vertical wall portion 219e1 is screwed and fixed to the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b, and the rear portion 219c that are integrally formed.
  • the right vertical wall portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d are integrally formed.
  • a part of the divided body B1 is formed by the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b, the rear side portion 219c, and the fixed left vertical wall portion 219e1, and the right vertical wall is integrally formed.
  • the other divided body B2 is composed of the portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d, and is configured to be divisible into two divided bodies B1 and B2 in the circumferential direction.
  • Flange connecting portions 263 capable of bolt connection are formed at two locations above and below the boundary 262 between the left vertical wall portion 219e1 and the right vertical wall portion 219e2 of the peripheral wall portion 261.
  • the flange connecting portion 263 is configured to be abutted in the front-rear direction so that bolts can be connected and disconnected along the front-rear direction.
  • the portion where the two divided bodies B1 and B2 overlap is fixed by a plurality of screws. These multiple screws are also removable.
  • a part of the split body B1 is supported by the radiator 217, and the other split body B2 is separated from the radiator 217.
  • Mounting brackets 264 are provided on the upper surface of the upper portion 219a and the lower surface of the lower portion 219b at intervals in the front-rear direction. With the fan shroud 219 in the proper mounting position, each mounting bracket 264 is bolted to a mounting portion 265 provided on the radiator 217.
  • the other split body B2 is separated from the radiator 217, it can be connected to a part of the split body B1 attached to the radiator 217 by the upper and lower flange connecting portions 263.
  • a part of the split body B1 can be integrally removed rearward along the removal direction of the radiator 217.
  • the other divided body B2 falls sideways on the spot because there is nothing to be supported.
  • a part of the divided body B1 can be removed and removed rearward without interfering with the cooling fan 218.
  • the radiator 217 the operator can also remove a part of the divided body B1 at the same time. Further, the operator can remove only a part of the divided body B1 if the connection between the part of the divided body B1 and the radiator 217 is released.
  • the left vertical wall portion 219e1 is screwed and fixed, but the left vertical wall portion 219e1 is together with the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b and the rear portion 219c. It may be integrally formed.
  • the right vertical wall portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d are integrally formed, but instead of this configuration, the right vertical wall portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d are formed. It may be detachably connected.
  • the other split body B2 is separated from the radiator 217, but instead of this configuration, the other split body B2 is supported by the radiator 217. May be.
  • the fan shroud 219 is divided into two parts, a part B1 and another B2, but instead of this structure, three or more parts are used. It may be configured to be divided into divided bodies.
  • the cleaning port 257 (opening) penetrating vertically is formed in the lower frame-shaped portion 245, but instead of this configuration, the cleaning port 257 is formed. It may be configured not to be used.
  • the configuration disclosed in the above-mentioned third embodiment shall be applied in combination with the configuration disclosed in other embodiments as long as there is no contradiction. It is possible.
  • the third embodiment disclosed in the present specification is an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and can be appropriately modified without departing from the object of the present invention.
  • the invention disclosed in the third embodiment can be applied to harvesters such as ordinary combine harvesters and head-feeding combine harvesters, and agricultural work machines such as tractors and rice transplanters, and works not only for agricultural work machines but also for construction machines and the like. It can also be applied to machines.

Abstract

This work vehicle is provided with: a driving source capable of executing rotational driving; a work apparatus driven by the driving source; a transmission belt capable of transmitting power from the driving source to the work apparatus; a belt tension-type work clutch 23A switchable between a transmitting state in which power is transmitted to the transmission belt and a non-transmitting state in which power is not transmitted to the transmission belt; a clutch operation unit capable of carrying out an operation of switching the work clutch 23A between the transmitting state and the non-transmitting state on the basis of an engagement control signal which is a control signal relating to an engagement operation of the work clutch 23A and a disengagement control signal which is a control signal relating to a disengagement operation of the work clutch 23A; and a rotational speed detection sensor capable of detecting a rotational speed R of the driving source.

Description

作業車、収穫機、及び、作業機Work platforms, harvesters, and work machines
 本発明は、作業車、収穫機、及び、作業機に関する。 The present invention relates to a work vehicle, a harvester, and a work machine.
〔第一背景技術〕
 例えば特許文献1に、作業装置(文献では「刈取部」や「脱穀部」等)が駆動源によって駆動される作業車が開示されている。駆動源と作業装置との間に伝動ベルト(文献では「ベルト」)が介在し、伝動ベルトは、作業クラッチによって、駆動源の動力を伝達する状態と、駆動源の動力を伝達しない状態と、に切換可能に構成されている。駆動源の動力を伝達する状態に伝動ベルトが切換えられる場合には、駆動源の回転数が下げられてから作業クラッチが操作される。これにより、伝動ベルトの切換時における伝動ベルトのスリップが軽減され、伝動ベルトの保護が図られている。
[First background technology]
For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a work vehicle in which a work device (in the document, a "cutting section", a "threshing section", etc.) is driven by a drive source. A transmission belt (“belt” in the literature) is interposed between the drive source and the work device, and the transmission belt transmits the power of the drive source by the work clutch and does not transmit the power of the drive source. It is configured to be switchable to. When the transmission belt is switched to a state in which the power of the drive source is transmitted, the work clutch is operated after the rotation speed of the drive source is reduced. As a result, the slip of the transmission belt at the time of switching the transmission belt is reduced, and the transmission belt is protected.
〔第二背景技術〕
 従来、収穫機として、例えば、特許文献2に記載の収穫機が知られている。特許文献2に記載の収穫機には、植立作物を掻き込みながら刈り取る刈取部(文献では「刈取部〔3〕」)が備えられ、刈取部に、植立作物を掻き込む掻込リール(文献では「掻込みリール〔12〕」)が備えられている。掻込リールには、機体左右方向に沿って延びる回転軸心(文献では「軸心〔X1〕」)まわりで回転駆動される左右のリールフレーム(文献では「リールフレーム〔19〕」)と、左右のリールフレームに亘って複数設けられるとともに機体左右方向に沿って延びる棒状の支持部材(文献では「支持フレーム〔20〕」)と、支持部材に機体左右方向に間隔をあけて取り付けられる複数のタイン(文献では「タイン〔22〕」)と、が備えられている。タインには、支持部材に支持される支持部(文献では「取付部〔35〕」)と、支持部材の下方に位置するバネ部(文献では「コイル部〔33〕」)と、バネ部から垂れ下がる状態で設けられるとともに植立作物に掻込作用する作用部(文献では「作用部〔32〕」)と、が備えている。
[Second background technology]
Conventionally, as a harvester, for example, the harvester described in Patent Document 2 is known. The harvester described in Patent Document 2 is provided with a cutting section (“cutting section [3]” in the document) that cuts the planted crop while scraping it, and a scraping reel (“cutting section [3]” in the document) that scrapes the planted crop into the harvesting section. In the literature, a "scraping reel [12]") is provided. The scraping reel includes left and right reel frames (“reel frame [19]” in the literature) that are rotationally driven around a rotation axis (“axis center [X1]” in the literature) that extends along the left-right direction of the machine. A plurality of rod-shaped support members (“support frame [20]” in the literature) that are provided over the left and right reel frames and extend along the left-right direction of the machine, and a plurality of members that are attached to the support members at intervals in the left-right direction of the machine. Tyne (“Tyne [22]” in the literature) and is provided. The tine has a support portion supported by the support member (“mounting portion [35]” in the literature), a spring portion located below the support member (“coil portion [33]” in the literature), and a spring portion. It is provided in a hanging state and has an action part (“action part [32]” in the literature) that scrapes into the planted crop.
〔第三背景技術〕
 エンジンが搭載されている作業機の一例であるコンバインにおいて、従来では、エンジン冷却用のラジエータが、その外周を囲うように四方枠状に形成された支持フレームにより支持される。支持フレームは機体フレームに対してボルト連結等により固定される。例えば特許文献3に開示された作業機を参照すると、ラジエータの機体外側を塞ぐ防塵ケースが、エンジンボンネットと一体的に揺動可能に支持され、防塵ケース及びエンジンボンネットが外方に揺動されると、ラジエータが外方に臨むように開放される。
[Third background technology]
In a combine harvester, which is an example of a work machine on which an engine is mounted, a radiator for cooling an engine is conventionally supported by a support frame formed in a square frame shape so as to surround the outer periphery thereof. The support frame is fixed to the airframe frame by bolt connection or the like. For example, referring to the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 3, the dustproof case that closes the outside of the radiator body is supported so as to be swingable integrally with the engine bonnet, and the dustproof case and the engine bonnet are swinging outward. Then, the radiator is opened so that it faces the outside.
日本国特開2005-178631号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-178631 日本国特開2013-110983号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-110983 日本国特開2017-200469号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-200469
〔第一課題〕
 ところで、特許文献1に示されるように、作業クラッチが伝動ベルトを切換操作する際に駆動源の回転数が下げられる構成では、作業者が最初に伝動ベルトの切換操作を行ってから、実際に伝動ベルトの切換が完了するまでにタイムラグが生じる。このため、このタイムラグの長さ次第では作業者に不快感を与えてしまうことも考えられる。このため、本発明の目的は、伝動ベルトの保護と作業者の操作の快適性とが両立された作業車を提供することにある。
[First task]
By the way, as shown in Patent Document 1, in the configuration in which the rotation speed of the drive source is lowered when the work clutch switches the transmission belt, the operator actually performs the transmission belt switching operation first. There is a time lag until the switching of the transmission belt is completed. Therefore, depending on the length of this time lag, it is possible that the operator may feel uncomfortable. Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a work vehicle that has both protection of a transmission belt and comfort of operation by an operator.
〔第二課題〕
 特許文献2に記載の収穫機では、タインが植立作物に前方から掻込作用して植立作物が掻き込まれる。その際、植立作物がバネ部に後方から接触してバネ部に作物が巻き付き易い。上述の状況に鑑み、タインのバネ部に作物が巻き付き難い収穫機が要望されている。
[Second task]
In the harvester described in Patent Document 2, the tine acts on the planted crop from the front and the planted crop is scraped. At that time, the planted crop comes into contact with the spring portion from behind, and the crop tends to wrap around the spring portion. In view of the above situation, there is a demand for a harvester in which crops are less likely to wrap around the spring portion of the tine.
〔第三課題〕
 特許文献3に開示されたこの種の作業機では、ラジエータの機体内側に付着した塵埃を除去するために、作業者がラジエータを取り外す場合がある。そして、上述の従来構成では、このようなラジエータの取り外し作業を行う場合には、防塵ケースを開放させたのち、ラジエータの外周を囲っている支持フレームと機体フレームとの連結を解除して、大型の部材である支持フレームとラジエータとを一体的に外方側に取り外す必要があり、作業者にとって煩わしい作業となっていた。そこで、ラジエータのメンテナンス作業を行う場合における作業性の向上を図ることが要望されていた。
[Third task]
In this type of working machine disclosed in Patent Document 3, a worker may remove the radiator in order to remove dust adhering to the inside of the radiator body. Then, in the above-mentioned conventional configuration, when such a radiator removal work is performed, the dustproof case is opened, and then the connection between the support frame surrounding the outer circumference of the radiator and the airframe frame is released to obtain a large size. It was necessary to integrally remove the support frame and the radiator, which are the members of the above, to the outside, which was a troublesome work for the operator. Therefore, there has been a demand for improving workability when performing maintenance work on the radiator.
 上述の〔第一課題〕を解決するための本発明による作業車は、回転駆動可能な駆動源と、前記駆動源によって駆動される作業装置と、前記駆動源から前記作業装置へ動力伝達可能な伝動ベルトと、前記伝動ベルトに動力を伝達させる伝達状態と、前記伝動ベルトに動力を伝達させない非伝達状態と、に切換可能なベルトテンション式の作業クラッチと、前記作業クラッチの入操作に関する制御信号である入制御信号と、前記作業クラッチの切操作に関する前記制御信号である切制御信号と、に基づいて前記作業クラッチを前記伝達状態と前記非伝達状態とに切換操作可能なクラッチ操作ユニットと、前記駆動源の回転数を検出可能な回転数検出センサと、が備えられ、前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出したときに前記回転数が予め設定された閾値以下である場合、前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記非伝達状態の前記作業クラッチを前記伝達状態にする伝達切換操作を直ちに行い、前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出したときに前記回転数が前記閾値よりも高い場合、前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記回転数が前記閾値以下となるように前記駆動源の前記回転数を下げる第一回転数制御を行うとともに、前記回転数が前記閾値以下となった状態で前記伝達切換操作を行うことを特徴とする。 The work vehicle according to the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [first problem] can be driven by a rotationally driveable drive source, a work device driven by the drive source, and can transmit power from the drive source to the work device. A belt tension type work clutch that can be switched between a transmission belt, a transmission state in which power is transmitted to the transmission belt, and a non-transmission state in which power is not transmitted to the transmission belt, and a control signal relating to the engagement operation of the work clutch. A clutch operation unit capable of switching the work clutch between the transmission state and the non-transmission state based on the on-control signal, which is the on-control signal, and the off-control signal, which is the control signal related to the disengagement operation of the work clutch. When the clutch operating unit is provided with a rotation speed detection sensor capable of detecting the rotation speed of the drive source and the rotation speed is equal to or lower than a preset threshold value when the on-control signal is detected, the clutch is provided. When the operation unit immediately performs a transmission switching operation to bring the work clutch in the non-transmission state into the transmission state, and the rotation speed is higher than the threshold value when the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal, The clutch operating unit controls the first rotation speed to lower the rotation speed of the drive source so that the rotation speed becomes equal to or lower than the threshold value, and switches the transmission in a state where the rotation speed becomes equal to or lower than the threshold value. It is characterized by performing an operation.
 本発明によると、駆動源の回転数が予め設定された閾値以下である場合には、クラッチ操作ユニットは作業クラッチを直ちに伝達状態に切換操作するため、作業クラッチの操作にタイムラグが生じることなく、作業クラッチの操作の迅速性が確保される。また、駆動源の回転数が閾値よりも高い場合には、駆動源の回転数が閾値以下に下げられた後で、クラッチ操作ユニットが作業クラッチを伝達状態に切換操作するため、伝動ベルトのスリップがしっかりと軽減される。つまり、本発明であれば、作業クラッチの切換操作のタイミングが駆動源の回転数に応じて調整されるため、伝動ベルトの保護と作業者の操作の快適性とが両立された作業車が実現される。なお、本発明における『前記回転数が予め設定された閾値以下である場合』という意味に、『前記回転数が予め設定された閾値よりも低い場合』という意味も含まれる。また、『前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出したときに前記回転数が前記閾値よりも高い場合』という意味に、『前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出したときに前記回転数が前記閾値以上である場合』という意味も含まれる。加えて、本発明の第一回転数制御における『前記回転数が前記閾値以下となるように前記駆動源の前記回転数を下げる』という意味に、『前記回転数が前記閾値未満となるように前記駆動源の前記回転数を下げる』という意味も含まれる。また、本発明における『駆動源の回転数』は、駆動源に対する目標回転数であっても良いし、駆動源で実際に検出された回転数であっても良い。 According to the present invention, when the rotation speed of the drive source is equal to or lower than a preset threshold value, the clutch operating unit immediately switches the work clutch to the transmission state, so that the operation of the work clutch does not have a time lag. The speed of operation of the work clutch is ensured. When the rotation speed of the drive source is higher than the threshold value, the clutch operating unit switches the work clutch to the transmission state after the rotation speed of the drive source is lowered below the threshold value, so that the transmission belt slips. Is firmly reduced. That is, according to the present invention, since the timing of the switching operation of the work clutch is adjusted according to the rotation speed of the drive source, a work vehicle in which the protection of the transmission belt and the comfort of the operator's operation are compatible is realized. Will be done. In the present invention, the meaning of "when the rotation speed is equal to or less than a preset threshold value" also includes the meaning of "when the rotation speed is lower than the preset threshold value". Further, in the meaning of "when the rotation speed is higher than the threshold value when the clutch operation unit detects the on-control signal", "the rotation speed when the clutch operation unit detects the on-control signal" Is greater than or equal to the threshold value. ” In addition, in the first rotation speed control of the present invention, in the sense of "decreasing the rotation speed of the drive source so that the rotation speed is equal to or less than the threshold value", "so that the rotation speed is less than the threshold value". It also includes the meaning of "lowering the rotation speed of the drive source". Further, the "rotational speed of the drive source" in the present invention may be the target rotation speed with respect to the drive source, or may be the rotation speed actually detected by the drive source.
 本発明において、前記第一回転数制御が行われて前記回転数が前記閾値以下となった状態で前記伝達切換操作が完了したら、前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記回転数が前記閾値よりも高くなるように前記駆動源の前記回転数を上げる第二回転数制御を行うと好適である。また、本発明において、前記回転数を設定するアクセル操作具が備えられ、前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記回転数が前記アクセル操作具の設定回転数に達するように前記第二回転数制御を行うと好適である。 In the present invention, when the transmission switching operation is completed in a state where the first rotation speed control is performed and the rotation speed is equal to or less than the threshold value, the rotation speed of the clutch operation unit becomes higher than the threshold value. As described above, it is preferable to perform the second rotation speed control for increasing the rotation speed of the drive source. Further, in the present invention, the accelerator operating tool for setting the rotation speed is provided, and the clutch operating unit controls the second rotation speed so that the rotation speed reaches the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool. It is suitable.
 本構成であれば、駆動源の回転数が下げられても、作業クラッチの切換操作の完了後に駆動源の回転数が自動的に上げられる。このため、作業者が手動で駆動源の回転数を上げる構成と比較して、作業者にとっての煩わしさが軽減され、作業クラッチの操作性がしっかりと確保される。また、作業クラッチの切換操作の完了後に駆動源の回転数がアクセル操作具の設定回転数まで上げられる構成によって、作業者にとっての煩わしさが一層軽減される。 With this configuration, even if the rotation speed of the drive source is reduced, the rotation speed of the drive source is automatically increased after the switching operation of the work clutch is completed. Therefore, as compared with the configuration in which the operator manually increases the rotation speed of the drive source, the trouble for the operator is reduced and the operability of the work clutch is firmly secured. Further, the configuration in which the rotation speed of the drive source is increased to the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool after the switching operation of the work clutch is completed further reduces the trouble for the operator.
 本発明において、前記第一回転数制御における前記回転数の単位時間当たりの変化率である第一変化率と、前記第二回転数制御における前記回転数の単位時間当たりの変化率である第二変化率と、が設定され、前記第一変化率は、前記第二変化率よりも小さいと好適である。また、本発明において、前記第一変化率は、前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出した時点における前記回転数にかかわらず一定であると好適である。 In the present invention, the first change rate, which is the rate of change of the rotation speed per unit time in the first rotation speed control, and the second rate of change, which is the change rate of the rotation speed per unit time in the second rotation speed control. The rate of change is set, and it is preferable that the first rate of change is smaller than the second rate of change. Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the first rate of change is constant regardless of the number of rotations at the time when the clutch operating unit detects the ON control signal.
 例えば駆動源が作業装置以外の機器を駆動している場合、駆動源に当該機器の駆動負荷が掛かっていることによって、第一回転数制御に伴って駆動源の回転数が急低下することが考えられる。この場合、駆動源や当該機器の動作に急激な変化が生じると、作業者が驚いたり不快に感じたりする虞がある。本構成では、第一変化率が第二変化率よりも小さいため、駆動源の回転数が上げられる際の回転数の変化よりも、駆動源の回転数が下げられる際の回転数の方が徐々に変化する。このため、作業装置以外の機器が駆動している場合であっても、駆動源や当該機器の動作に急激な変化がなく、作業者が驚いたり不快に感じたりする虞が大きく軽減される。また、第一変化率が駆動源の回転数にかかわらず一定である構成によって、当該機器の動作変化が一層安定的になる。 For example, when the drive source drives equipment other than the work equipment, the rotation speed of the drive source may suddenly decrease with the first rotation speed control due to the drive load of the equipment being applied to the drive source. Conceivable. In this case, if the operation of the drive source or the device is suddenly changed, the operator may be surprised or uncomfortable. In this configuration, since the first rate of change is smaller than the second rate of change, the number of revolutions when the number of revolutions of the drive source is decreased is larger than the change of the number of revolutions when the number of revolutions of the drive source is increased. It changes gradually. Therefore, even when a device other than the work device is being driven, there is no sudden change in the operation of the drive source or the device, and the possibility that the worker is surprised or uncomfortable is greatly reduced. Further, the configuration in which the first rate of change is constant regardless of the rotation speed of the drive source makes the operation change of the device more stable.
 本発明において、前記第一回転数制御の完了から前記伝達切換操作の開始までの時間である第一間隔時間と、前記伝達切換操作の完了から前記第二回転数制御の開始までの時間である第二間隔時間と、が設定され、前記第二間隔時間は前記第一間隔時間よりも長いと好適である。 In the present invention, it is the first interval time, which is the time from the completion of the first rotation speed control to the start of the transmission switching operation, and the time from the completion of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control. The second interval time is set, and it is preferable that the second interval time is longer than the first interval time.
 伝動ベルトが作業状態に切換えられた直後においては、伝動ベルトがスリップしたり振動したりしている可能性が考えられる。このため、伝達切換操作の完了から第二回転数制御の開始までの間に、伝動ベルトを安定的に慣らすための時間が確保されることが望ましい。一方で、作業クラッチの操作性の観点から、クラッチ操作ユニットによる切換操作は出来るだけ迅速に行われることが望ましい。本構成であれば、第二間隔時間が第一間隔時間よりも長いため、第二間隔時間が経過する間に伝動ベルトを十分に慣らすことが可能である。これにより、伝動ベルトが保護されながらも、作業者に待ち時間の不快感を与えることなく、作業クラッチが出来るだけ速やかに伝達状態に切換えられる。 Immediately after the transmission belt is switched to the working state, it is possible that the transmission belt is slipping or vibrating. Therefore, it is desirable that a time for stably acclimatizing the transmission belt is secured between the completion of the transmission switching operation and the start of the second rotation speed control. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of operability of the work clutch, it is desirable that the switching operation by the clutch operation unit is performed as quickly as possible. In this configuration, since the second interval time is longer than the first interval time, it is possible to sufficiently acclimatize the transmission belt while the second interval time elapses. As a result, while the transmission belt is protected, the work clutch can be switched to the transmission state as quickly as possible without causing discomfort to the operator in waiting time.
 本発明において、前記伝達切換操作に関する報知を可能な報知部が備えられ、前記報知部は、前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出した時点と、前記伝達切換操作の開始から予め設定された設定時間が経過した時点と、に亘って前記伝達切換操作に関する報知をし続けると好適である。 In the present invention, a notification unit capable of notifying the transmission switching operation is provided, and the notification unit is preset from the time when the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal and the start of the transmission switching operation. It is preferable to continue to notify the transmission switching operation when the set time has elapsed.
 本構成であれば、クラッチ操作ユニットが作業クラッチを伝達状態に切換操作している状態が報知部によって作業者へ報知されるため、クラッチ操作ユニットが切換操作中であることを作業者は認識できる。これにより、クラッチ操作ユニットが入制御信号を検出したときに、作業クラッチが直ちに伝達状態に切換えられない場合であっても、作業者に故障と誤解される虞は回避される。 With this configuration, the notification unit notifies the operator of the state in which the clutch operating unit is switching the work clutch to the transmission state, so that the operator can recognize that the clutch operating unit is in the switching operation. .. As a result, even if the working clutch cannot be immediately switched to the transmission state when the clutch operating unit detects the on-control signal, there is a possibility that the operator may misunderstand it as a failure.
 本発明において、前記設定時間は、前記伝達切換操作の完了前の時点に設定され、前記報知部は、前記設定時間が経過した時点で報知を止めると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the set time is set before the completion of the transmission switching operation, and the notification unit stops the notification when the set time has elapsed.
 クラッチ操作ユニットが入制御信号を検出したときに、クラッチ操作ユニットの切換操作の状態が報知部によって作業者へ報知される。このため、伝達切換操作の完了前の時点で報知が停止される構成によって、報知部による報知がしつこくならずに済み、作業者にとって不快な報知となる虞は軽減される。 When the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal, the notification unit notifies the operator of the status of the switching operation of the clutch operation unit. Therefore, by configuring the notification to be stopped before the completion of the transmission switching operation, the notification by the notification unit does not have to be persistent, and the possibility of unpleasant notification for the operator is reduced.
 上述の〔第二課題〕を解決するための本発明に係る収穫機の特徴は、植立作物を掻き込みながら刈り取る刈取部が備えられ、前記刈取部に、植立作物を掻き込む掻込リールが備えられている収穫機であって、前記掻込リールに、機体左右方向に沿って延びる回転軸心まわりで回転駆動される左右のリールフレームと、前記左右のリールフレームに亘って複数設けられ、機体左右方向に沿って延びる棒状の支持部材と、前記支持部材に機体左右方向に間隔をあけて取り付けられる複数のタインと、が備えられ、前記タインに、前記支持部材に支持される支持部と、前記支持部材の下方に位置するバネ部と、前記バネ部から垂れ下がる状態で設けられ、植立作物に掻込作用する作用部と、が備えられ、前記支持部材の外周部に嵌合する嵌合部と、前記バネ部の後方を通って下方に向けて延ばされ、前記バネ部を後方から覆うカバー部と、を有するカバー部材が備えられていることにある。 The feature of the harvester according to the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [second problem] is that a harvesting section for cutting the planted crop is provided, and the harvesting reel for scraping the planted crop into the cutting section. The harvesting machine is provided with a plurality of left and right reel frames that are rotationally driven around a rotation axis extending along the left and right directions of the machine, and a plurality of the left and right reel frames. A rod-shaped support member extending along the left-right direction of the machine body and a plurality of tines attached to the support member at intervals in the left-right direction of the machine body are provided, and the tine is provided with a support portion supported by the support member. A spring portion located below the support member and an action portion provided in a state of hanging from the spring portion and squeezing into the planted crop are provided and fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support member. A cover member having a fitting portion and a cover portion extending downward through the rear of the spring portion and covering the spring portion from the rear is provided.
 本特徴構成によれば、バネ部がカバー部に後方から覆われているため、タインが植立作物を掻き込む際に、植立作物がバネ部に後方から接触することがない。従って、バネ部に作物が巻き付き難い。また、カバー部材は、嵌合部が支持部材の外周部に嵌合した状態で支持部材に取り付けられる。これにより、カバー部材を支持部材にしっかりと取り付けることができる。 According to this feature configuration, since the spring part is covered with the cover part from the rear, when the tine scrapes the planted crop, the planted crop does not come into contact with the spring part from the rear. Therefore, it is difficult for crops to wrap around the spring portion. Further, the cover member is attached to the support member in a state where the fitting portion is fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support member. As a result, the cover member can be firmly attached to the support member.
 更に、本発明において、前記支持部は、前記支持部材の外周部にボルトによって固定され、前記カバー部材に、前記嵌合部と連続して設けられ、前記ボルトの頭部を覆う部分が備えられていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, the support portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by a bolt, and the cover member is provided with a portion continuous with the fitting portion and covers the head of the bolt. It is preferable to have.
 本特徴構成によれば、ボルトの頭部がカバー部材のうち嵌合部と連続する部分に覆われているため、ボルトの頭部に作物が巻き付き難い。 According to this feature configuration, the head of the bolt is covered by the part of the cover member that is continuous with the fitting part, so it is difficult for crops to wrap around the head of the bolt.
 更に、本発明において、前記タインは、前記支持部材の後方を通って前記バネ部に至る形状に形成されており、前記嵌合部は、前記支持部材の外周部の前部に嵌合し、前記カバー部は、前記タインの後部に接触する状態で下方に向けて延ばされていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, the tine is formed in a shape that passes behind the support member to reach the spring portion, and the fitting portion is fitted to the front portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support member. It is preferable that the cover portion is extended downward so as to be in contact with the rear portion of the tine.
 本特徴構成によれば、嵌合部を、支持部材の後方を通るタインを避けて支持部材の外周部に上手く嵌合させることができる。また、カバー部がタインの後部に接触する状態で下方に向けて延ばされている。これにより、カバー部をタインの後部でしっかりと支持するとともに、カバー部とタインの後部との隙間を小さくして、バネ部に巻き付く原因となる作物が当該隙間から入り込むのを防止することができる。 According to this feature configuration, the fitting portion can be successfully fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support member while avoiding the tines passing behind the support member. Further, the cover portion is extended downward in a state of being in contact with the rear portion of the tine. As a result, the cover portion is firmly supported by the rear portion of the tine, and the gap between the cover portion and the rear portion of the tine is reduced to prevent crops that cause wrapping around the spring portion from entering through the gap. it can.
 更に、本発明において、前記カバー部は、前記バネ部の後部に接触する状態で前記バネ部の下端よりも下側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the cover portion is extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the spring portion in a state of being in contact with the rear portion of the spring portion.
 本特徴構成によれば、カバー部をバネ部の後部でしっかりと支持するとともに、カバー部とバネ部の後部との隙間を小さくして、バネ部に巻き付く原因となる作物が当該隙間から入り込むのを効果的に防止することができる。また、カバー部のうちバネ部の下端よりも下側に位置する部分によって、バネ部に下方から巻き付こうとする作物からバネ部を保護することができる。 According to this feature configuration, the cover portion is firmly supported by the rear portion of the spring portion, and the gap between the cover portion and the rear portion of the spring portion is reduced so that crops that cause wrapping around the spring portion can enter through the gap. Can be effectively prevented. Further, the portion of the cover portion located below the lower end of the spring portion can protect the spring portion from crops that try to wrap around the spring portion from below.
 更に、本発明において、前記カバー部は、前記嵌合部の下端よりも下側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされており、前記カバー部のうち前記嵌合部の下端よりも下側に位置する下側部分を支持する支持ブラケットが備えられていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, the cover portion is extended downward to a height position lower than the lower end of the fitting portion, and is below the lower end of the fitting portion in the cover portion. It is preferable that a support bracket for supporting the lower portion located on the side is provided.
 本特徴構成によれば、カバー部材のうち支持部材に取り付けられている部分(嵌合部分)から離れている部分(カバー部の下側部分)を、支持ブラケットでしっかりと支持することができる。 According to this feature configuration, the portion of the cover member that is separated from the portion (fitting portion) attached to the support member (lower portion of the cover portion) can be firmly supported by the support bracket.
 更に、本発明において、前記支持部は、前記支持部材の外周部にボルトによって固定され、前記支持ブラケットは、前記支持部とともに前記支持部材の外周部に前記ボルトによって固定されていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the support portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by bolts, and the support bracket is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member together with the support portion by the bolts. ..
 本特徴構成によれば、ボルトの共通化により、固定構造の簡素化を図ることができる。 According to this feature configuration, the fixed structure can be simplified by standardizing the bolts.
 更に、本発明において、前記カバー部材に、第一係合部が備えられ、かつ、前記支持ブラケットに、第二係合部が備えられ、前記第一係合部と前記第二係合部とが係合した状態で、前記支持ブラケットが前記支持部材の外周部に前記ボルトによって固定されていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, the cover member is provided with a first engaging portion, and the support bracket is provided with a second engaging portion, the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion. It is preferable that the support bracket is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by the bolt in the engaged state.
 本特徴構成によれば、カバー部材が支持部材から外れないように、支持ブラケットを介してカバー部材を支持部材にしっかりと取り付けることができる。 According to this feature configuration, the cover member can be firmly attached to the support member via the support bracket so that the cover member does not come off from the support member.
 更に、本発明において、前記支持ブラケットに、前記支持部材の断面視で前記嵌合部を前記支持部材とは反対側から押さえる押さえ部が備えられていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the support bracket is provided with a pressing portion that presses the fitting portion from the side opposite to the supporting member in a cross-sectional view of the supporting member.
 本特徴構成によれば、嵌合部が支持部材の外周部から外れないように、嵌合部を押さえ部でしっかりと保持することができる。 According to this feature configuration, the fitting portion can be firmly held by the pressing portion so that the fitting portion does not come off from the outer peripheral portion of the support member.
 更に、本発明において、前記カバー部材は、複数の前記タインを覆う長尺部材であり、前記カバー部材のうち左右両側における前記下側部分が夫々前記支持ブラケットに支持されていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the cover member is a long member that covers a plurality of the tines, and the lower portions of the cover members on both the left and right sides are supported by the support brackets, respectively.
 本特徴構成によれば、カバー部の下側部分を左右のバランス良く支持することができる。 According to this feature configuration, the lower part of the cover can be supported in a well-balanced manner on the left and right.
 更に、本発明において、前記タインに、一の前記支持部と、前記一の支持部に対して左右に振り分け配置される左右の前記バネ部と、前記左右のバネ部の夫々に対応する左右の前記作用部と、が備えられていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, the tine has one support portion, left and right spring portions distributed to the left and right with respect to the one support portion, and left and right spring portions corresponding to each of the left and right spring portions. It is preferable that the working portion is provided.
 本特徴構成によれば、左側のバネ部及び左側の作用部と右側のバネ部及び右側の作用部とで、支持部が共通化される。これにより、タインに係る部品点数を削減することができ、かつ、タインの軽量化を図ることができる。 According to this feature configuration, the support portion is shared between the left spring portion and the left acting portion and the right spring portion and the right acting portion. As a result, the number of parts related to the tine can be reduced, and the weight of the tine can be reduced.
 更に、本発明において、前記カバー部を支持する支持ブラケットが、前記左右のバネ部の間で前記支持部材に取り付けられていると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the support bracket for supporting the cover portion is attached to the support member between the left and right spring portions.
 本特徴構成によれば、左右のバネ部の間のスペースを利用して支持ブラケットを設置することができる。 According to this feature configuration, the support bracket can be installed using the space between the left and right springs.
 更に、本発明において、前記バネ部は、前記支持部材の前下方に位置し、前記カバー部は、側面視で前記バネ部の後部に沿って前下がりに傾斜していると好適である。 Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the spring portion is located below the front of the support member, and the cover portion is inclined forward and downward along the rear portion of the spring portion in a side view.
 本特徴構成によれば、カバー部が支持部材の後部及びバネ部の後部に沿って傾斜する。これにより、カバー部とバネ部の後部との隙間を小さくして、バネ部に巻き付く原因となる作物が当該隙間から入り込むのを防止することができる。 According to this feature configuration, the cover portion is inclined along the rear portion of the support member and the rear portion of the spring portion. As a result, the gap between the cover portion and the rear portion of the spring portion can be reduced, and crops that cause wrapping around the spring portion can be prevented from entering through the gap.
 上述の〔第三課題〕を解決するための本発明に係る作業機の特徴は、エンジンを覆ってエンジンルームを形成するとともに、運転座席を下側から支持し、かつ、横外方に向けて開放されたエンジンボンネットと、前記エンジンルームにおいて前記エンジンの横外側に設けられたエンジン冷却用のラジエータと、前記ラジエータの横外側に設けられ、通気を許容し且つ塵埃の通過を阻止する状態で、前記ラジエータの横外側を塞ぐ防塵ケースと、前記ラジエータの横内側に設けられ、前記防塵ケースを通して外気を引き込んで前記ラジエータを冷却する冷却ファンと、前記冷却ファンと前記ラジエータとの間の吸気用空間の外周を囲う状態で前記冷却ファンと前記ラジエータとに亘るように設けられ、前記ラジエータから前記冷却ファンへ外気を導くファンシュラウドと、前記防塵ケースの横内側に形成された開口部と前記ラジエータとに亘るように設けられ、前記ラジエータを支持する支持フレームとが備えられ、前記ラジエータが、冷却面に沿って後方に向けてスライド移動可能に前記支持フレームに支持され、前記エンジンルームの後部に、前記ラジエータを後方に抜き外し可能な開口が形成されている点にある。 The feature of the working machine according to the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [third problem] is that it covers the engine to form an engine room, supports the driver's seat from below, and faces laterally outward. An open engine bonnet, a radiator for cooling the engine provided on the lateral side of the engine in the engine room, and a radiator provided on the lateral side of the radiator to allow ventilation and prevent the passage of dust. A dustproof case that closes the lateral outside of the radiator, a cooling fan that is provided on the lateral inside of the radiator and draws outside air through the dustproof case to cool the radiator, and an intake space between the cooling fan and the radiator. A fan shroud that is provided so as to extend over the cooling fan and the radiator so as to surround the outer periphery of the radiator and guides outside air from the radiator to the cooling fan, and an opening formed on the lateral inside of the dustproof case and the radiator. A support frame for supporting the radiator is provided so as to extend over the radiator, and the radiator is supported by the support frame so as to be slidable rearward along the cooling surface, and is supported in the rear part of the engine room. The point is that an opening is formed in which the radiator can be removed and removed rearward.
 本発明によれば、作業者は、エンジンルームの後部に形成された開口を通して、ラジエータを支持フレームに対して後方に向けてスライド移動させて、開口を通してエンジンルームの外側へ抜き外すことによって、ラジエータの取り外し作業を行える。支持フレームの取り外しの必要がなく、作業者はラジエータを取り外すだけで良い。このため、支持フレームとラジエータとの両方を外方側に取り外す等、煩わしい作業は不要である。その結果、ラジエータのメンテナンス作業を行う場合における作業性の向上を図ることが可能となる。 According to the present invention, the operator slides the radiator rearward with respect to the support frame through the opening formed in the rear part of the engine room, and pulls out the radiator to the outside of the engine room through the opening. Can be removed. There is no need to remove the support frame, the operator only has to remove the radiator. Therefore, troublesome work such as removing both the support frame and the radiator to the outside is unnecessary. As a result, it is possible to improve workability when performing maintenance work on the radiator.
 本発明においては、前記ファンシュラウドは、周方向において、複数の分割体に分割可能に構成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the fan shroud is configured so that it can be divided into a plurality of divided bodies in the circumferential direction.
 本構成によれば、ラジエータの取り外し作業に伴ってファンシュラウドを取り外すとき、作業者は、分割された分割体毎にファンシュラウドを取り外せる。その結果、ファンシュラウド全体が一体的に形成される場合に比べて、ファンシュラウドの取り外し作業が容易になり、メンテナンス作業の作業性が一層向上する。 According to this configuration, when removing the fan shroud with the radiator removal work, the operator can remove the fan shroud for each divided body. As a result, the work of removing the fan shroud becomes easier and the workability of the maintenance work is further improved as compared with the case where the entire fan shroud is integrally formed.
 本発明においては、前記ファンシュラウドは、前記複数の分割体のうちの一部の分割体が前記ラジエータに支持され、前記複数の分割体のうちの他の分割体が前記ラジエータと分離していると好適である。 In the present invention, in the fan shroud, a part of the plurality of divided bodies is supported by the radiator, and the other divided body of the plurality of divided bodies is separated from the radiator. Is suitable.
 本構成によれば、ファンシュラウドをラジエータに対して着脱させる場合、作業者は一部の分割体をラジエータに着脱させるだけで良く、他の分割体をラジエータに着脱させる作業は不要であり、能率よく作業を行える。 According to this configuration, when attaching / detaching the fan shroud to / from the radiator, the operator only needs to attach / detach a part of the divided bodies to / from the radiator, and it is not necessary to attach / detach other divided bodies to / from the radiator, which is efficient. I can work well.
 本発明においては、前記一部の分割体は、前記ラジエータに着脱可能に支持され、かつ、前記ラジエータの抜き外し方向に沿って後方に抜き外し可能であると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the part of the divided body is detachably supported by the radiator and can be detached rearward along the removing direction of the radiator.
 本構成によれば、ファンシュラウドを取り外すとき、作業者は、ファンシュラウドを一部の分割体と他の分割体とに分割して、一部の分割体をラジエータに支持させた状態で一部の分割体とラジエータとを一体的に抜き外せるため、能率よく作業を行える。 According to this configuration, when removing the fan shroud, the operator divides the fan shroud into a part of the split body and another split body, and a part of the fan shroud is supported by the radiator. Since the divided body and the radiator can be removed integrally, the work can be done efficiently.
 本発明においては、前記ファンシュラウドのうち、前記吸気用空間の上側を覆う上側部分、前記吸気用空間の下側を覆う下側部分、及び、前記吸気用空間の前記抜き外し方向の手前側を覆う手前側部分が、抜き外し可能であると好適である。 In the present invention, the upper portion of the fan shroud that covers the upper side of the intake space, the lower portion that covers the lower side of the intake space, and the front side of the intake space in the removal direction. It is preferable that the front side portion to be covered can be removed.
 本構成によれば、上側部分、下側部分、及び、手前側部分は、抜き外し方向に沿って後方に抜き外しても、冷却ファンと干渉するおそれはない。従って、冷却ファンと干渉しない状態でファンシュラウドの抜き外しが可能となる。 According to this configuration, the upper part, the lower part, and the front part are not likely to interfere with the cooling fan even if they are removed rearward along the removal direction. Therefore, the fan shroud can be removed and removed without interfering with the cooling fan.
 本発明においては、前記上側部分、前記下側部分、及び、前記手前側部分が一体形成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the upper portion, the lower portion, and the front portion are integrally formed.
 本構成によれば、作業者は、上側部分、下側部分、及び、手前側部分を一体的に抜き外すことができるので、それらを各別に抜き外す場合に比べて能率よく作業を行える。 According to this configuration, the operator can remove the upper part, the lower part, and the front part integrally, so that the work can be performed more efficiently than when each of them is removed separately.
 本発明においては、前記ファンシュラウドのうち、前記吸気用空間の前記冷却ファン側の側面を覆う縦壁部分が、前記抜き外し方向の手前側に位置する手前側縦壁部分と、前記抜き外し方向の奥側に位置する奥側縦壁部分とに分割され、前記手前側縦壁部分は、前記上側部分、前記下側部分、及び、前記手前側部分と一体的に後方に抜き外し可能であり、前記奥側縦壁部分は、前記吸気用空間の前記抜き外し方向の奥側を覆う奥側部分と一体的に設けられていると好適である。 In the present invention, in the fan shroud, the vertical wall portion covering the side surface of the intake space on the cooling fan side is the front side vertical wall portion located on the front side in the removal direction and the removal direction. It is divided into a back side vertical wall portion located on the back side of the above, and the front side vertical wall part can be removed and removed integrally with the upper part, the lower part, and the front side part. It is preferable that the back side vertical wall portion is provided integrally with the back side portion that covers the back side of the intake space in the removal direction.
 本構成によれば、ファンシュラウドを取り外す場合には、作業者は、一体的に設けられた奥側縦壁部分と奥側部分とが分離された状態で、上側部分、下側部分、手前側部分、及び、手前側縦壁部分を、一体的に抜き外すことができ、能率よく作業を行える。 According to this configuration, when removing the fan shroud, the operator can perform the upper part, the lower part, and the front side in a state where the integrally provided back side vertical wall part and the back side part are separated. The part and the vertical wall part on the front side can be removed integrally, and the work can be performed efficiently.
 本発明においては、前記縦壁部分に、前記冷却ファンによる吸気が行われる吸気用開口が形成され、前記吸気用開口の外周部に、前記冷却ファン側に突出する周壁部が形成され、前記冷却ファンが、前記周壁部に入り込む状態で備えられ、前記周壁部のうちの前記手前側縦壁部分と前記奥側縦壁部分との境界が、連結解除可能に連結され、前記上側部分、前記下側部分、及び、前記手前側部分が前記ラジエータに支持されていると好適である。 In the present invention, an intake opening for intake air by the cooling fan is formed in the vertical wall portion, and a peripheral wall portion protruding toward the cooling fan side is formed in the outer peripheral portion of the intake opening, and the cooling is performed. The fan is provided in a state of being inserted into the peripheral wall portion, and the boundary between the front side vertical wall portion and the back side vertical wall portion of the peripheral wall portion is connected so as to be disconnectable, and the upper portion and the lower portion are connected. It is preferable that the side portion and the front side portion are supported by the radiator.
 本構成によれば、吸気用開口の外周部が周壁部により覆われているので、冷却ファンによる吸気が効率よく行われる。冷却ファン側に突出する周壁部を利用して、複数の分割体が周壁部の境界で連結されるため、複数の分割体における壁面の端面同士を突き合わせる構造と比較して、連結及び連結解除操作が行い易い。また、ファンシュラウドにおける上側部分、下側部分、及び、手前側部分が、ラジエータに支持される。このため、作業者は、周壁部の境界での連結を解除すれば、ファンシュラウドにおける上側部分、下側部分、及び、手前側部分を、ラジエータとともに抜き外せる。 According to this configuration, since the outer peripheral portion of the intake opening is covered with the peripheral wall portion, intake by the cooling fan is efficiently performed. Since a plurality of divided bodies are connected at the boundary of the peripheral wall portion by using the peripheral wall portion protruding toward the cooling fan side, the connection and disconnection are performed as compared with the structure in which the end faces of the wall surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies are abutted against each other. Easy to operate. Further, the upper portion, the lower portion, and the front portion of the fan shroud are supported by the radiator. Therefore, the operator can remove the upper portion, the lower portion, and the front portion of the fan shroud together with the radiator by releasing the connection at the boundary of the peripheral wall portion.
 本発明においては、前記支持フレームは、前記ラジエータの外周に沿う四方枠状に形成され、かつ、下部の枠状部に上下に貫通する開口が形成され、前記開口を開閉可能な蓋体が備えられていると好適である。 In the present invention, the support frame is formed in a four-sided frame shape along the outer circumference of the radiator, and an opening is formed in the lower frame-shaped portion so as to penetrate vertically, and a lid body capable of opening and closing the opening is provided. It is preferable that it is used.
 本構成によれば、ラジエータの冷却風入口部分に付着した塵埃が、冷却ファンの冷却作動終了後に落下して下部の枠状部に堆積することがある。蓋体が開放されると、堆積した塵埃が開口を通じて下方に排出される。冷却ファンの作動中には、開口が蓋体によって塞がれることによって、冷却風を適正に防塵ケースを通して通流させることができる。 According to this configuration, dust adhering to the cooling air inlet portion of the radiator may fall after the cooling operation of the cooling fan is completed and accumulate on the lower frame-shaped portion. When the lid is opened, the accumulated dust is discharged downward through the opening. During the operation of the cooling fan, the opening is closed by the lid so that the cooling air can be properly passed through the dustproof case.
第一実施形態において作業車としてのコンバインを示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the combine as a work vehicle in 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態において作業車としてのコンバインを示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the combine as a work vehicle in 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態においてコンバインの動力伝達を示す伝動系統図である。It is a transmission system diagram which shows the power transmission of a combine in the 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態においてクラッチ操作ユニットの切換操作とデータの流れを示す機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram which shows the switching operation of a clutch operation unit, and the flow of data in 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態においてクラッチの切換制御を示すフローチャート図である。It is a flowchart which shows the switching control of a clutch in 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態においてクラッチの切換制御を示すフローチャート図である。It is a flowchart which shows the switching control of a clutch in 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態においてクラッチの切換制御を示すタイムチャート図である。It is a time chart diagram which shows the switching control of a clutch in 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態においてクラッチの切換制御を示すタイムチャート図である。It is a time chart diagram which shows the switching control of a clutch in 1st Embodiment. 第一実施形態においてクラッチの切換制御を示すタイムチャート図である。It is a time chart diagram which shows the switching control of a clutch in 1st Embodiment. 第二実施形態においてコンバインを示す右側面図である。It is a right side view which shows the combine in the 2nd Embodiment. 第二実施形態において刈取部を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the cutting part in 2nd Embodiment. 第二実施形態において掻込リールを示す右側面図である。It is a right side view which shows the scraping reel in 2nd Embodiment. 第二実施形態において掻込リールを示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the scraping reel in 2nd Embodiment. 第二実施形態においてリールフレーム及び内側タインを示す右側面図である。It is a right side view which shows the reel frame and the inner tine in the 2nd Embodiment. 第二実施形態において内側タイン及びカバー部材の取付構造を示す分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view which shows the mounting structure of the inner tine and the cover member in 2nd Embodiment. 第二実施形態において内側タイン及びカバー部材を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the inner tine and the cover member in the 2nd Embodiment. 図16におけるXVII-XVII断面図である。16 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVII-XVII in FIG. 図16におけるXVIII-XVIII断面図である。16 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 第三実施形態におけるコンバインの全体側面図である。It is an overall side view of the combine in the third embodiment. 第三実施形態におけるコンバインの全体平面図である。It is the whole plan view of the combine in 3rd Embodiment. 第三実施形態においてエンジンルームの内部構造を示す背面図である。It is a rear view which shows the internal structure of the engine room in 3rd Embodiment. 第三実施形態においてエンジンルームの内部構造を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the internal structure of the engine room in 3rd Embodiment. 第三実施形態においてエンジンルームの内部構造を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the internal structure of the engine room in 3rd Embodiment. 第三実施形態においてラジエータの支持構造を示す背面断面図である。It is a back sectional view which shows the support structure of the radiator in 3rd Embodiment. 第三実施形態においてラジエータの支持構造を示す分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view which shows the support structure of a radiator in 3rd Embodiment. 第三実施形態において蓋体の取付状態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the attachment state of the lid body in 3rd Embodiment. 第三実施形態においてファンシュラウドの分離構造を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the separation structure of the fan shroud in the third embodiment. 第三実施形態において供給パイプの支持構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the support structure of the supply pipe in the 3rd Embodiment.
 以下、コンバインの走行機体の前後方向を定義するときは、作業状態における機体進行方向に沿って定義し、機体の左右方向を定義するときは、機体進行方向視で見た状態で左右を定義する。すなわち、図1,図2,図10,図11,図19及び図20に符号(F)で示される方向が機体前方向、図1,図2,図10,図11,図19及び図20に符号(B)で示される方向が機体後方向である。図2,図11及び図20に符号(L)で示される方向が機体左方向、図2,図11及び図20に符号(R)で示される方向が機体右方向である。従って、機体左右方向が走行機体横幅方向に対応する。 Hereinafter, when defining the front-rear direction of the traveling vehicle of the combine, it is defined along the traveling direction of the aircraft in the working state, and when defining the left-right direction of the aircraft, the left and right are defined in the state of the traveling direction of the aircraft. .. That is, the direction indicated by reference numeral (F) in FIGS. 1, 2, 10, 11, 19 and 20 is the front direction of the airframe, that is, FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 10, FIG. 11, FIG. 19 and FIG. 20. The direction indicated by the symbol (B) is the rearward direction of the aircraft. The direction indicated by the reference numeral (L) in FIGS. 2, 11 and 20 is the left direction of the aircraft, and the direction indicated by the reference numeral (R) in FIGS. 2, 11 and 20 is the right direction of the aircraft. Therefore, the left-right direction of the machine body corresponds to the width direction of the traveling machine body.
〔第一実施形態〕
 以下、本発明に係る作業車の第一実施形態を、図1乃至図9に基づいて説明する。第一実施形態は、上述の〔第一課題〕を解決するための本発明の一例を示すものである。図1及び図2に、稲、麦、大豆などの作物を収穫対象とする普通型のコンバインが示されている。
[First Embodiment]
Hereinafter, the first embodiment of the work platform according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 9. The first embodiment shows an example of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [first problem]. FIGS. 1 and 2 show ordinary combine harvesters for crops such as rice, wheat and soybean.
 走行機体の機体フレーム1の下部に左右一対のクローラ走行装置2が備えられている。
走行機体の前方に、作業装置としての収穫部3が設けられ、収穫部3は収穫対象の作物を収穫して後方に搬送する。そして、機体フレーム1上に、脱穀装置4、グレンタンク5、穀粒排出装置6等が、本発明の作業装置として備えられている。脱穀装置4は、収穫部3から搬送される刈取穀稈を扱き処理するとともに、その扱き処理で得られた脱穀処理物を穀粒と排出物とに選別する。グレンタンク5は、脱穀装置4にて得られた穀粒を貯留する。穀粒排出装置6は、グレンタンク5に貯留される穀粒を機外に排出する。コンバインは、植立穀稈の株元を切断して刈り取り、刈り取った刈取穀稈の全部を脱穀装置4に投入する全稈投入型に構成されている。
A pair of left and right crawler traveling devices 2 are provided below the body frame 1 of the traveling machine.
A harvesting unit 3 as a working device is provided in front of the traveling machine, and the harvesting unit 3 harvests the crop to be harvested and transports it to the rear. A threshing device 4, a grain tank 5, a grain discharging device 6, and the like are provided on the machine frame 1 as the working device of the present invention. The threshing apparatus 4 handles and processes the harvested culms transported from the harvesting unit 3, and sorts the threshed products obtained by the handling process into grains and waste products. The grain tank 5 stores the grains obtained by the threshing device 4. The grain discharge device 6 discharges the grains stored in the grain tank 5 to the outside of the machine. The combine is configured as a whole culm throwing type in which the root of the planted culm is cut and cut, and all the cut culms are put into the threshing device 4.
 機体フレーム1上に運転部7が備えられ、運転部7は、操縦者が搭乗して運転操作を行うキャビン付きの領域である。運転部7は機体前部右側に位置し、運転部7の後方にグレンタンク5が位置している。更に、脱穀装置4が左側に位置し、グレンタンク5が右側に位置する状態で、脱穀装置4とグレンタンク5とが左右方向に並ぶ状態で備えられている。そして、運転部7の下方側には、回転駆動可能な駆動源としてのエンジン8が備えられている。脱穀装置4は、機体前後方向に沿う軸芯まわりで回転駆動される扱胴9を有し、脱穀装置4の前部に搬送される刈取穀稈を機体後方に送りながら扱胴9によって扱き処理するように構成されている。 A driving unit 7 is provided on the fuselage frame 1, and the driving unit 7 is an area with a cabin on which the operator boarded and operates the operation. The driving unit 7 is located on the right side of the front portion of the machine body, and the grain tank 5 is located behind the driving unit 7. Further, the threshing device 4 is located on the left side and the grain tank 5 is located on the right side, and the threshing device 4 and the grain tank 5 are arranged side by side in the left-right direction. An engine 8 as a drive source capable of rotationally driving is provided on the lower side of the driving unit 7. The threshing device 4 has a handling cylinder 9 that is rotationally driven around an axis along the front-rear direction of the machine body, and handles the cut grain culms transported to the front part of the threshing device 4 by the handling body 9 while sending them to the rear of the machine body. It is configured to do.
 収穫部3に、刈取部10とフィーダ11とが前後に並んで設けられている。刈取部10は、収穫部3の前部に設けられるとともに、収穫対象となる植立穀稈を刈り取り、刈り取った刈取穀稈を機体横幅中間部に横送り合流させる。フィーダ11は、刈取部10の後部に接続され、かつ、刈取部10にて刈取られて刈取部10の機体横幅中間部に集められた刈取穀稈の全稈を脱穀装置4に向けて後方搬送する。これら刈取部10とフィーダ11とを含む収穫部3は、機体フレーム1とフィーダ11とに亘って架設された昇降用の油圧シリンダ12が伸縮作動することで、横軸芯P1まわりで上昇位置と下降位置との間で上下揺動自在に支持されている。 The harvesting section 3 is provided with a cutting section 10 and a feeder 11 side by side. The cutting section 10 is provided in the front portion of the harvesting section 3, cuts the planted grain culms to be harvested, and laterally feeds and joins the cut cut grain culms to the middle portion of the width of the machine body. The feeder 11 is connected to the rear part of the cutting section 10 and transports all the culms of the cutting culms collected by the cutting section 10 to the middle portion of the machine width of the cutting section 10 backward toward the threshing device 4. To do. The harvesting section 3 including the cutting section 10 and the feeder 11 is moved to an ascending position around the horizontal axis P1 by expanding and contracting the lifting hydraulic cylinder 12 erected over the machine frame 1 and the feeder 11. It is supported so that it can swing up and down with the descending position.
 刈取部10は、角パイプや断面L字形のアングル材等を連結して構成される刈取フレーム13にて支持されている。刈取部10に、左右一対のデバイダ14,14と、掻込リール15と、刈刃16と、横送りオーガ17と、が備えられている。左右一対のデバイダ14,14は、走行機体の最前端に設けられるとともに、収穫対象となる植立穀稈と非刈取対象の植立穀稈とを分草する。掻込リール15は、デバイダ14の後方かつ上方に位置するとともに、収穫対象の植立穀稈を後方に向けて掻き込む。刈刃16は、デバイダ14の後方に位置するとともに、掻込リール15により後方に掻き込まれた収穫対象の植立穀稈の株元側を切断するものであり、例えばバリカン型に構成されている。横送りオーガ17は、刈刃16とフィーダ11との間に位置するとともに、刈刃16による切断後の刈取穀稈を左右方向の中間側に横送りして寄せ集めて後方のフィーダ11に向けて送り出す。 The cutting section 10 is supported by a cutting frame 13 formed by connecting a square pipe, an angle member having an L-shaped cross section, and the like. The cutting section 10 is provided with a pair of left and right dividers 14 and 14, a scraping reel 15, a cutting blade 16, and a lateral feed auger 17. A pair of left and right dividers 14, 14 are provided at the foremost end of the traveling machine body, and weed the planted culms to be harvested and the planted culms to be non-cut. The scraping reel 15 is located behind and above the divider 14, and scrapes the planted culm to be harvested toward the rear. The cutting blade 16 is located behind the divider 14 and cuts the root side of the planted culm to be harvested, which is scraped backward by the scraping reel 15, and is configured in a hair clipper shape, for example. There is. The lateral feed auger 17 is located between the cutting blade 16 and the feeder 11, and the cut grain culms cut by the cutting blade 16 are laterally fed to the middle side in the left-right direction to gather and gather toward the rear feeder 11. And send it out.
〔第一実施形態の伝動構造〕
 エンジン8の動力を脱穀装置4や収穫部3等へ伝達するための伝動構造に関する説明が、以下に記載される。図3は、エンジン8の駆動力をクローラ走行装置2と収穫部3と脱穀装置4と穀粒排出装置6との夫々に伝達する伝動機構の系統図である。エンジン8に出力軸8aが設けられている。出力軸8aはエンジン8の本体よりも機体左右の夫々に突出する。出力軸8aと唐箕駆動軸21との夫々のプーリに亘って第一伝動ベルト23が巻回され、出力軸8aと走行伝達軸22との夫々のプーリに亘って第二伝動ベルト24が巻回されている。これにより、出力軸8aは、唐箕駆動軸21と走行伝達軸22との夫々をベルト駆動可能に構成されている。
[Transmission structure of the first embodiment]
A description of the transmission structure for transmitting the power of the engine 8 to the threshing device 4, the harvesting unit 3, and the like is described below. FIG. 3 is a system diagram of a transmission mechanism that transmits the driving force of the engine 8 to the crawler traveling device 2, the harvesting section 3, the threshing device 4, and the grain discharging device 6, respectively. The engine 8 is provided with an output shaft 8a. The output shaft 8a protrudes from the main body of the engine 8 to the left and right sides of the machine. The first transmission belt 23 is wound around the pulleys of the output shaft 8a and the wall insert drive shaft 21, and the second transmission belt 24 is wound around the pulleys of the output shaft 8a and the traveling transmission shaft 22. Has been done. As a result, the output shaft 8a is configured so that the wall insert drive shaft 21 and the traveling transmission shaft 22 can be driven by belts.
 第一伝動ベルト23にベルトテンション式の脱穀クラッチ23Aが設けられ、脱穀クラッチ23Aが第一伝動ベルト23に張力を付与することによって、第一伝動ベルト23は動力を伝達可能に構成されている。脱穀クラッチ23Aは、本発明の『作業クラッチ』に相当する。 A belt tension type threshing clutch 23A is provided on the first transmission belt 23, and the threshing clutch 23A applies tension to the first transmission belt 23 so that the first transmission belt 23 can transmit power. The threshing clutch 23A corresponds to the "working clutch" of the present invention.
 走行伝達軸22に伝達された動力は走行駆動装置60に伝達される。詳細な説明は省略するが、走行駆動装置60は、機体前部における下部に備えられるとともに、静油圧式無段変速装置やトランスミッションを有する。また、走行駆動装置60は、運転部7に備えられた図示しない変速操作具や旋回操作具等の運転操作に基づいて、左右のクローラ走行装置2,2を運転操作に適した速度で駆動するように構成されている。直進するときは左右のクローラ走行装置2,2を等速または略等速とし、旋回するときは左右のクローラ走行装置2,2に速度差をつけるように、走行駆動装置60は駆動する。 The power transmitted to the traveling transmission shaft 22 is transmitted to the traveling driving device 60. Although detailed description will be omitted, the traveling drive device 60 is provided at a lower portion in the front portion of the machine body, and has a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. Further, the traveling drive device 60 drives the left and right crawler traveling devices 2 and 2 at a speed suitable for the driving operation based on the driving operation of the shifting operation tool and the turning operation tool (not shown) provided in the driving unit 7. It is configured as follows. The traveling drive device 60 is driven so that the left and right crawler traveling devices 2 and 2 have a constant speed or a substantially constant speed when traveling straight, and the left and right crawler traveling devices 2 and 2 have a speed difference when turning.
 唐箕駆動軸21の伝達動力は、選別用伝動ベルト25を介して一番物回収部28と二番物回収部29との夫々に伝達される。また、唐箕駆動軸21の伝達動力は、脱穀用伝動ベルト30を介して脱穀用中継軸37に伝達される。唐箕駆動軸21に唐箕33が設けられ、唐箕33は唐箕駆動軸21を軸芯に回転する。 The transmission power of the wall insert drive shaft 21 is transmitted to the first item collection unit 28 and the second item collection unit 29 via the sorting transmission belt 25, respectively. Further, the transmission power of the wall insert drive shaft 21 is transmitted to the threshing relay shaft 37 via the threshing transmission belt 30. A wall insert 33 is provided on the wall insert drive shaft 21, and the wall insert 33 rotates around the wall insert drive shaft 21.
 唐箕駆動軸21と、中継軸26と、一番物回収部28と、二番物回収部29と、に亘って選別用伝動ベルト25が巻回され、一番物回収部28と二番物回収部29とは選別用伝動ベルト25を介して一体的にベルト駆動される。中継軸26と揺動選別装置32とに亘って選別用伝動ベルト27が巻回され、唐箕駆動軸21の伝達動力が選別用伝動ベルト25と中継軸26と選別用伝動ベルト27とを介して揺動選別装置32に伝達される。 The sorting transmission belt 25 is wound around the wall insert drive shaft 21, the relay shaft 26, the first item collection unit 28, and the second item collection unit 29, and the first item collection unit 28 and the second item are collected. The recovery unit 29 is integrally driven by a belt via a sorting transmission belt 25. The sorting transmission belt 27 is wound around the relay shaft 26 and the swing sorting device 32, and the transmission power of the wall insert drive shaft 21 is transmitted via the sorting transmission belt 25, the relay shaft 26, and the sorting transmission belt 27. It is transmitted to the swing sorting device 32.
 唐箕駆動軸21と、脱穀用中継軸37と、に亘って脱穀用伝動ベルト30が巻回されている。脱穀用中継軸37のうち、脱穀用伝動ベルト30が巻回されている側と反対側の端部にベベルギヤ43aが設けられ、ベベルギヤ43aは扱胴軸9Aのベベルギヤ43cと係合する。扱胴軸9Aは扱胴9の回転軸芯であって前後方向に延び、ベベルギヤ43cが扱胴軸9Aの前端部に設けられている。また、左右方向において扱胴軸9Aを挟んで脱穀用中継軸37の位置する側と反対側にカウンタ軸39が設けられている。カウンタ軸39の機体左側端部にベベルギヤ43bが設けられ、ベベルギヤ43bはベベルギヤ43cと係合する。脱穀用中継軸37とカウンタ軸39とは機体横向きの同一軸芯上に配置され、脱穀用中継軸37の回転に伴って、ベベルギヤ43a,43b,43cを介して脱穀用中継軸37の回転動力が扱胴軸9Aとカウンタ軸39との夫々に伝達される。カウンタ軸39は脱穀用中継軸37の回転方向と逆向きに回転する。脱穀用中継軸37と扱胴軸9Aとカウンタ軸39との夫々は軸ケース36によって覆われる。脱穀用中継軸37の機体左側端部は軸ケース36よりも機体左側へ突出し、カウンタ軸39の機体右側端部は軸ケース36よりも機体右側へ突出する。 The threshing transmission belt 30 is wound around the wall insert drive shaft 21 and the threshing relay shaft 37. A bevel gear 43a is provided at an end of the threshing relay shaft 37 on the side opposite to the side on which the threshing transmission belt 30 is wound, and the bevel gear 43a engages with the bevel gear 43c of the handling barrel shaft 9A. The handling barrel shaft 9A is a rotating shaft core of the handling barrel 9 and extends in the front-rear direction, and a bevel gear 43c is provided at the front end portion of the handling barrel shaft 9A. Further, a counter shaft 39 is provided on the side opposite to the side where the threshing relay shaft 37 is located with the handling barrel shaft 9A sandwiched in the left-right direction. A bevel gear 43b is provided at the left end of the counter shaft 39, and the bevel gear 43b engages with the bevel gear 43c. The threshing relay shaft 37 and the counter shaft 39 are arranged on the same shaft core in the lateral direction of the machine body, and as the threshing relay shaft 37 rotates, the rotational power of the threshing relay shaft 37 via the bevel gears 43a, 43b, 43c. Is transmitted to the handling barrel shaft 9A and the counter shaft 39, respectively. The counter shaft 39 rotates in the direction opposite to the rotation direction of the threshing relay shaft 37. The threshing relay shaft 37, the handling barrel shaft 9A, and the counter shaft 39 are each covered with a shaft case 36. The left end of the threshing relay shaft 37 protrudes to the left side of the machine from the shaft case 36, and the right end of the counter shaft 39 protrudes to the right side of the shaft case 36.
 脱穀用中継軸37の伝達動力は刈取用伝動ベルト40を介して刈取入力軸42に伝達可能に構成される。刈取用伝動ベルト40は、脱穀用中継軸37から前方に向けて延びる状態で備えられている。また、カウンタ軸39は、刈取用伝動ベルト41を介して刈取入力軸42に伝達可能に構成される。刈取用伝動ベルト41は、左右方向においてフィーダ11を挟んで刈取用伝動ベルト40の位置する側と反対側に位置する。 The transmission power of the threshing relay shaft 37 is configured to be transmittable to the cutting input shaft 42 via the cutting transmission belt 40. The cutting transmission belt 40 is provided so as to extend forward from the threshing relay shaft 37. Further, the counter shaft 39 is configured to be transmittable to the cutting input shaft 42 via the cutting transmission belt 41. The cutting transmission belt 41 is located on the side opposite to the side where the cutting transmission belt 40 is located with the feeder 11 sandwiched in the left-right direction.
 刈取入力軸42は、フィーダ11の駆動軸として機能するものであり、フィーダ11の搬送ケースから左側外方に突出する状態で備えられている。刈取入力軸42の左右両端に、刈取用伝動ベルト40,41の夫々が巻回されている。刈取入力軸42のうち、フィーダ11よりも内側の箇所にスプロケットが取り付けられ、このスプロケットを介して刈取入力軸42とフィーダ搬送チェーン11Aとが一体回転する。 The cutting input shaft 42 functions as a drive shaft of the feeder 11, and is provided in a state of protruding outward on the left side from the transport case of the feeder 11. The cutting transmission belts 40 and 41 are wound around the left and right ends of the cutting input shaft 42, respectively. A sprocket is attached to a portion of the cutting input shaft 42 inside the feeder 11, and the cutting input shaft 42 and the feeder transport chain 11A rotate integrally via the sprocket.
 刈取用伝動ベルト40にベルトテンション式の刈取クラッチ40Aが設けられ、刈取クラッチ40Aが刈取用伝動ベルト40に張力を付与することによって、刈取用伝動ベルト40は動力を伝達可能に構成されている。刈取用伝動ベルト41にベルトテンション式の刈取クラッチ41Aが設けられ、刈取クラッチ41Aが刈取用伝動ベルト41に張力を付与することによって、刈取用伝動ベルト41は動力を伝達可能に構成されている。刈取クラッチ40A,41Aの夫々は、同時に刈取用伝動ベルト40,41の夫々に張力を付与することはなく、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aの何れか一方が、刈取用伝動ベルト40,41の何れか一方に張力を付与するように構成されている。刈取クラッチ40Aが刈取用伝動ベルト40に張力を付与するすると、刈取部10やフィーダ11は刈取穀稈を機体後方へ搬送するように回転する。刈取クラッチ41Aが刈取用伝動ベルト41に張力を付与するすると、刈取部10やフィーダ11は逆転し、例えば刈取穀稈がフィーダ11で詰まった場合に刈取穀稈は機体前方へ戻される。 A belt tension type cutting clutch 40A is provided on the cutting transmission belt 40, and the cutting clutch 40A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 40 so that the cutting transmission belt 40 can transmit power. A belt tension type cutting clutch 41A is provided on the cutting transmission belt 41, and the cutting clutch 41A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 41 so that the cutting transmission belt 41 can transmit power. The cutting clutches 40A and 41A do not apply tension to the cutting transmission belts 40 and 41 at the same time, and one of the cutting clutches 40A and 41A is one of the cutting transmission belts 40 and 41. Is configured to apply tension to the clutch. When the cutting clutch 40A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 40, the cutting unit 10 and the feeder 11 rotate so as to convey the cutting grain culm to the rear of the machine body. When the cutting clutch 41A applies tension to the cutting transmission belt 41, the cutting unit 10 and the feeder 11 are reversed, and for example, when the cutting grain culm is clogged with the feeder 11, the cutting grain culm is returned to the front of the machine body.
 刈取入力軸42の伝達動力は、フィーダ11の右側部よりも外側に沿って前後方向に延びる刈取伝動ベルト44により刈取中継軸45に伝達される。刈取中継軸45の伝達動力は、チェーン46を介して横送りオーガ17に伝達されるとともに、往復回動ロッド47を介して刈刃16に伝達される。往復回動ロッド47は、所定の角度で往復回動することによって、刈刃16を往復摺動させることを可能に構成されている。更に、刈取中継軸45の伝達動力は、チェーン46,48とベルト49とを介して掻込リール15に伝達される。 The transmission power of the cutting input shaft 42 is transmitted to the cutting relay shaft 45 by the cutting transmission belt 44 extending in the front-rear direction along the outside of the right side portion of the feeder 11. The transmission power of the cutting relay shaft 45 is transmitted to the lateral feed auger 17 via the chain 46 and is transmitted to the cutting blade 16 via the reciprocating rotating rod 47. The reciprocating rotation rod 47 is configured to be able to reciprocally slide the cutting blade 16 by reciprocatingly rotating at a predetermined angle. Further, the transmission power of the cutting relay shaft 45 is transmitted to the suction reel 15 via the chains 46 and 48 and the belt 49.
 出力軸8aのうち、第一伝動ベルト23や第二伝動ベルト24の位置する側と反対側の端部に、排出伝動ベルト50を巻回するプーリが設けられ、出力軸8aと排出入力軸51とに亘って排出伝動ベルト50が巻回されている。排出伝動ベルト50にベルトテンション式の排出クラッチ50Aが設けられ、排出クラッチ50Aが排出伝動ベルト50に張力を付与することによって、排出伝動ベルト50はエンジン8の動力を排出入力軸51へ伝達可能に構成されている。排出クラッチ50Aが排出伝動ベルト50に張力を付与すると、排出入力軸51を介して穀粒排出装置6の内部の排出スクリュー6Aが回転し、グレンタンク5に貯留された穀粒が穀粒排出装置6を経由して機外へ排出される。このように、本発明の作業装置は、駆動源としてのエンジン8によって駆動される。 Of the output shaft 8a, a pulley for winding the discharge transmission belt 50 is provided at the end opposite to the side where the first transmission belt 23 and the second transmission belt 24 are located, and the output shaft 8a and the discharge input shaft 51 are provided. The discharge transmission belt 50 is wound around the above. A belt tension type discharge clutch 50A is provided on the discharge transmission belt 50, and the discharge clutch 50A applies tension to the discharge transmission belt 50 so that the discharge transmission belt 50 can transmit the power of the engine 8 to the discharge input shaft 51. It is configured. When the discharge clutch 50A applies tension to the discharge transmission belt 50, the discharge screw 6A inside the grain discharge device 6 rotates via the discharge input shaft 51, and the grains stored in the grain tank 5 are discharged from the grain discharge device. It is discharged to the outside of the machine via 6. As described above, the working device of the present invention is driven by the engine 8 as a drive source.
〔第一実施形態のクラッチについて〕
 図3に基づいて説明した通り、伝動ベルトに動力を伝達させることが可能なクラッチとして、脱穀クラッチ23Aと、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aと、排出クラッチ50Aと、が備えられている。これらのクラッチは、上述の動力伝達系統に介在する。脱穀クラッチ23Aは第一伝動ベルト23に隣接して配置されている。刈取クラッチ40Aは刈取用伝動ベルト40に隣接して配置され、刈取クラッチ41Aは刈取用伝動ベルト41に隣接して配置されている。排出クラッチ50Aは排出伝動ベルト50に隣接して配置されている。これらのクラッチの夫々は、夫々の隣接する伝動ベルトと係合可能なベルトテンショナーであって、伝達状態と非伝達状態とに切換可能なように構成されている。なお、第一実施形態において、『伝達状態』とは、クラッチが夫々の隣接する伝動ベルトに動力を伝達させる状態を意味し、『非伝達状態』とは、クラッチが夫々の隣接する伝動ベルトに動力を伝達させない状態を意味する。これらのクラッチは、図4に示されるような第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aや第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bによって操作可能に構成されている。
[About the clutch of the first embodiment]
As described with reference to FIG. 3, as clutches capable of transmitting power to the transmission belt, a threshing clutch 23A, a cutting clutch 40A, 41A, and a discharge clutch 50A are provided. These clutches intervene in the power transmission system described above. The threshing clutch 23A is arranged adjacent to the first transmission belt 23. The cutting clutch 40A is arranged adjacent to the cutting transmission belt 40, and the cutting clutch 41A is arranged adjacent to the cutting transmission belt 41. The discharge clutch 50A is arranged adjacent to the discharge transmission belt 50. Each of these clutches is a belt tensioner that can engage with each adjacent transmission belt and is configured to be switchable between a transmission state and a non-transmission state. In the first embodiment, the "transmission state" means a state in which the clutch transmits power to the adjacent transmission belts, and the "non-transmission state" means that the clutch transmits power to the adjacent transmission belts. It means a state in which power is not transmitted. These clutches are configured to be operable by the first clutch operating unit 52A and the second clutch operating unit 52B as shown in FIG.
 図示はしないが、脱穀クラッチ23Aと第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aとが操作ワイヤによって連係される。第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aは、この操作ワイヤを引っ張ることによって、脱穀クラッチ23Aを伝達状態に切換操作可能に構成される。図示はしないが、脱穀クラッチ23Aにバネが備えられ、脱穀クラッチ23Aは第一伝動ベルト23から離れる方向へ付勢されている。このことから、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aが脱穀クラッチ23Aの操作ワイヤを引っ張らなければ、脱穀クラッチ23Aは非伝達状態に保持される。 Although not shown, the threshing clutch 23A and the first clutch operation unit 52A are linked by an operation wire. The first clutch operation unit 52A is configured to be able to switch the threshing clutch 23A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire. Although not shown, the threshing clutch 23A is provided with a spring, and the threshing clutch 23A is urged away from the first transmission belt 23. From this, if the first clutch operating unit 52A does not pull the operating wire of the threshing clutch 23A, the threshing clutch 23A is held in the non-transmission state.
 図示はしないが、刈取クラッチ40Aと第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bとが操作ワイヤによって連係される。第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bは、この操作ワイヤを引っ張ることによって、刈取クラッチ40Aを伝達状態に切換操作可能に構成される。刈取クラッチ41Aと第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bとが操作ワイヤによって連係される。第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bは、この操作ワイヤを引っ張ることによって、刈取クラッチ41Aを伝達状態に切換操作可能に構成される。排出クラッチ50Aと第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bとが操作ワイヤによって連係され、第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bは、この操作ワイヤを引っ張ることによって、排出クラッチ50Aを伝達状態に切換操作可能に構成される。第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bは、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aと、排出クラッチ50Aと、の夫々を各別に(独立的に)伝達状態と非伝達状態とに切換操作可能に構成されている。 Although not shown, the cutting clutch 40A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are linked by an operation wire. The second clutch operation unit 52B is configured to be able to switch the cutting clutch 40A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire. The cutting clutch 41A and the second clutch operating unit 52B are linked by an operating wire. The second clutch operation unit 52B is configured to be able to switch the cutting clutch 41A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire. The discharge clutch 50A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are linked by an operation wire, and the second clutch operation unit 52B is configured to be able to switch the discharge clutch 50A to the transmission state by pulling the operation wire. The second clutch operation unit 52B is configured so that the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharge clutch 50A can be individually (independently) switched between a transmission state and a non-transmission state.
 図示はしないが、脱穀クラッチ23Aと、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aと、排出クラッチ50Aと、の夫々にバネが備えられ、これらのクラッチの夫々は、夫々の隣接するベルトから離れる方向へ付勢されている。このことから、第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bが、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aと、排出クラッチ50Aと、の夫々の操作ワイヤを引っ張らなければ、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aと、排出クラッチ50Aと、の夫々は非伝達状態に保持される。 Although not shown, the threshing clutch 23A, the cutting clutches 40A and 41A, and the discharge clutch 50A are each provided with a spring, and each of these clutches is urged away from their adjacent belts. There is. From this, if the second clutch operating unit 52B does not pull the operating wires of the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharging clutch 50A, the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharging clutch 50A are not used. It is held in the transmission state.
〔第一実施形態におけるクラッチ操作ユニットによる伝達切換操作について〕
 図4に示されるように、クラッチ操作ユニット52は、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aと第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bとを有する。第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aと脱穀クラッチ23Aとは操作ワイヤを介して互いに連係する。図示はしないが、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aは電動モータを有し、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aと脱穀クラッチ23Aとに亘る操作ワイヤが、この電動モータによって引っ張られたり緩められたりする。
[Transmission switching operation by the clutch operation unit in the first embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 4, the clutch operation unit 52 includes a first clutch operation unit 52A and a second clutch operation unit 52B. The first clutch operation unit 52A and the threshing clutch 23A are linked to each other via an operation wire. Although not shown, the first clutch operating unit 52A has an electric motor, and the operating wire extending between the first clutch operating unit 52A and the threshing clutch 23A is pulled or loosened by the electric motor.
 第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bと刈取クラッチ40Aとは操作ワイヤを介して互いに連係する。第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bと刈取クラッチ41Aとは操作ワイヤを介して互いに連係する。第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bと排出クラッチ50Aとは操作ワイヤを介して互いに連係する。即ち、第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bに、刈取クラッチ40Aと連係する操作ワイヤと、刈取クラッチ41Aと連係する操作ワイヤと、排出クラッチ50Aと連係する操作ワイヤと、の三つの操作ワイヤが繋がれている。図示はしないが、第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bは電動モータを有し、これら三つの操作ワイヤが、この電動モータによって引っ張られたり緩められたりする。 The second clutch operation unit 52B and the cutting clutch 40A are linked to each other via an operation wire. The second clutch operation unit 52B and the cutting clutch 41A are linked to each other via an operation wire. The second clutch operation unit 52B and the discharge clutch 50A are linked to each other via an operation wire. That is, three operation wires, an operation wire linked with the cutting clutch 40A, an operation wire linked with the cutting clutch 41A, and an operation wire linked with the discharge clutch 50A, are connected to the second clutch operation unit 52B. .. Although not shown, the second clutch operating unit 52B has an electric motor, and these three operating wires are pulled and loosened by the electric motor.
 第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bの電動モータの動作に伴って、これら三つの操作ワイヤが各別に引っ張られたり緩められたりするように、第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bは構成されている。例えばこれら三つの操作ワイヤの夫々と当該電動モータとの間に、三つの操作ワイヤの夫々に対応して三つのカム機構が介在し、これら三つのカム機構の夫々が、三つの操作ワイヤの夫々に対応して各別形状に形成されている。そして、当該電動モータの動作に伴って夫々のカム機構が回動することによって、これら三つの操作ワイヤが各別に引っ張られたり緩められたりする。なお、第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bの電動モータの動作に伴って、これら三つの操作ワイヤが同時に引っ張られたり緩められたりする構成であっても良い。 The second clutch operation unit 52B is configured so that these three operation wires are individually pulled or loosened as the electric motor of the second clutch operation unit 52B operates. For example, between each of these three operating wires and the electric motor, three cam mechanisms are interposed corresponding to each of the three operating wires, and each of these three cam mechanisms is provided with each of the three operating wires. It is formed in a different shape corresponding to. Then, each of the cam mechanisms rotates with the operation of the electric motor, so that these three operation wires are pulled or loosened separately. It should be noted that these three operating wires may be pulled or loosened at the same time as the electric motor of the second clutch operating unit 52B operates.
 クラッチ操作ユニット52は、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aや第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bの他に、ECU(Electronic Control Unit)やメモリ(例えばDRAMやEEPROM)、リレー回路、各種入出力機器等を有する。つまり、クラッチ操作ユニット52は、電子制御ユニットとしても構成され、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aと第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bとの夫々の電動モータが、この電子制御ユニットによって制御される。 The clutch operation unit 52 includes an ECU (Electronic Control Unit), a memory (for example, DRAM or EEPROM), a relay circuit, various input / output devices, and the like, in addition to the first clutch operation unit 52A and the second clutch operation unit 52B. That is, the clutch operation unit 52 is also configured as an electronic control unit, and the electric motors of the first clutch operation unit 52A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are controlled by the electronic control unit.
 操作スイッチ54は、運転部7(図1参照)における任意の箇所に配置されるとともに、運転部7に搭乗する搭乗者によって操作可能なように構成されている。操作スイッチ54の制御信号がクラッチ操作ユニット52に入力され、クラッチ操作ユニット52は、操作スイッチ54の制御信号に基づいて第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aの電動モータや第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bの電動モータを制御する。つまり、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aと第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bとの夫々の電動モータが、操作スイッチ54の制御信号に基づいて動作可能に構成され、上述した夫々の操作ワイヤが引っ張られたり緩められたりする。 The operation switch 54 is arranged at an arbitrary position in the driving unit 7 (see FIG. 1) and is configured to be operable by a passenger boarding the driving unit 7. The control signal of the operation switch 54 is input to the clutch operation unit 52, and the clutch operation unit 52 uses the electric motor of the first clutch operation unit 52A and the electric motor of the second clutch operation unit 52B based on the control signal of the operation switch 54. Control. That is, the electric motors of the first clutch operation unit 52A and the second clutch operation unit 52B are configured to be operable based on the control signal of the operation switch 54, and the above-mentioned operation wires are pulled or loosened. Or something.
 制御信号は、入制御信号と切制御信号とを有する。つまり、クラッチ操作ユニット52は操作スイッチ54から入制御信号と切制御信号とを検出可能に構成されている。入制御信号は、クラッチの入操作に関する制御信号であって、電動モータが入制御信号に基づいて操作ワイヤを引っ張るように回転制御されると、クラッチは非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換えられる。また、切制御信号はクラッチの切操作に関する制御信号であって、電動モータが切制御信号に基づいて操作ワイヤを緩めるように回転制御されると、クラッチは伝達状態から非伝達状態に切換えられる。 The control signal includes an on control signal and an off control signal. That is, the clutch operation unit 52 is configured to be able to detect an on control signal and an off control signal from the operation switch 54. The on-control signal is a control signal related to the on-operation of the clutch, and when the electric motor is rotationally controlled to pull the operation wire based on the on-control signal, the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state. Further, the disengagement control signal is a control signal related to the disengagement operation of the clutch, and when the electric motor is rotationally controlled to loosen the operation wire based on the disengagement control signal, the clutch is switched from the transmission state to the non-transmission state.
 このように、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aは、脱穀クラッチ23Aの入操作に関する制御信号である入制御信号と、脱穀クラッチ23Aの切操作に関する制御信号である切制御信号と、に基づいて脱穀クラッチ23Aを伝達状態と非伝達状態とに切換操作可能に構成されている。また、第二クラッチ操作ユニット52Bは、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aと、排出クラッチ50Aと、の夫々の入操作に関する制御信号である入制御信号と、これらのクラッチの切操作に関する制御信号である切制御信号と、に基づいて、これらのクラッチの夫々を伝達状態と非伝達状態とに切換可能なように構成されている。換言すると、クラッチ操作ユニット52は、クラッチの入操作に関する制御信号である入制御信号と、クラッチの切操作に関する制御信号である切制御信号と、に基づいてクラッチを伝達状態と非伝達状態とに切換操作可能に構成されている。 As described above, the first clutch operation unit 52A is based on the on-control signal which is a control signal for the on-operation of the threshing clutch 23A and the off-control signal which is the control signal for the off-operation of the threshing clutch 23A. Is configured so that it can be switched between a transmission state and a non-transmission state. Further, the second clutch operation unit 52B has an on-control signal which is a control signal related to each on-operation of the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharge clutch 50A, and an off-control signal which is a control signal related to the off-operation of these clutches. Based on the signal, each of these clutches is configured to be switchable between a transmission state and a non-transmission state. In other words, the clutch operation unit 52 sets the clutch into a transmission state and a non-transmission state based on the on-control signal, which is a control signal related to the clutch on-operation, and the off-control signal, which is a control signal related to the clutch-off operation. It is configured so that it can be switched.
 図3に基づいて上述したように、図3に示される夫々の伝動ベルトはエンジン8の動力によって回転駆動されているため、これらの伝動ベルトの回転数はエンジン8の回転数に比例する。駆動源としてのエンジン8の回転数を、以下『エンジン回転数R』と称する。エンジン回転数Rは、『エンジン8に対する目標回転数』という意味を含む。また、エンジン回転数Rは、『エンジン8の実際の回転数』という意味を含むものであっても良い。 As described above based on FIG. 3, since each transmission belt shown in FIG. 3 is rotationally driven by the power of the engine 8, the rotation speed of these transmission belts is proportional to the rotation speed of the engine 8. The rotation speed of the engine 8 as a drive source is hereinafter referred to as "engine rotation speed R". The engine speed R includes the meaning of "target speed for engine 8". Further, the engine speed R may include the meaning of "the actual speed of the engine 8".
 エンジン回転数Rが高い状態で、上述したベルトテンション式のクラッチが非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換えられると、クラッチに隣接する伝動ベルトが突然高速で回転し始める。この場合、伝動ベルトに急激な負荷が掛かることによって衝撃や振動、スリップ等が伝動ベルトに生じ、伝動ベルトの寿命が低下する虞がある。特に、第一伝動ベルト23は、収穫部3や脱穀装置4等を含む作業装置に動力を伝達するため、第一伝動ベルト23には大きな負荷が掛かり易い。このことから、クラッチが非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換えられる際には、エンジン回転数Rは低い状態であることが望ましい。このため、第一実施形態におけるクラッチ操作ユニット52は、クラッチを非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換える際に、エンジン回転数Rを調整可能に構成されている。なお、クラッチ操作ユニット52がクラッチを非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換える操作を、以下『伝達切換操作』と称する。 When the above-mentioned belt tension type clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state while the engine speed R is high, the transmission belt adjacent to the clutch suddenly starts to rotate at high speed. In this case, when a sudden load is applied to the transmission belt, impact, vibration, slip, etc. are generated on the transmission belt, which may shorten the life of the transmission belt. In particular, since the first transmission belt 23 transmits power to a working device including a harvesting unit 3, a threshing device 4, and the like, a large load is likely to be applied to the first transmission belt 23. From this, it is desirable that the engine speed R is in a low state when the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state. Therefore, the clutch operation unit 52 in the first embodiment is configured so that the engine speed R can be adjusted when the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state. The operation in which the clutch operation unit 52 switches the clutch from the non-transmission state to the transmission state is hereinafter referred to as "transmission switching operation".
 クラッチ操作ユニット52は、アクセル操作具53から設定回転数を入力可能に構成されるとともに、回転数検出センサ55からエンジン8の実際の回転数を入力可能に構成されている。アクセル操作具53は、例えばダイヤル式やレバー式の操作具であって、アクセル操作具53の操作量に基づいてエンジン8の目標回転数を設定可能に構成されている。回転数検出センサ55は、例えばエンジン8に装着された回転検出器である。 The clutch operation unit 52 is configured so that the set rotation speed can be input from the accelerator operating tool 53, and the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 can be input from the rotation speed detection sensor 55. The accelerator operating tool 53 is, for example, a dial-type or lever-type operating tool, and is configured so that the target rotation speed of the engine 8 can be set based on the operating amount of the accelerator operating tool 53. The rotation speed detection sensor 55 is, for example, a rotation speed detector mounted on the engine 8.
 クラッチ操作ユニット52は、アクセル操作具53の操作量に基づいてエンジン制御ユニット56へ指示信号を出力可能に構成されている。エンジン制御ユニット56はエンジン8に対する種々の制御を可能に構成され、クラッチ操作ユニット52からの指示信号に基づいてエンジン8の実際の回転数がエンジン制御ユニット56によって調整される。エンジン8の実際の回転数は回転数検出センサ55によって検出され、この検出回転数が検出信号として回転数検出センサ55からクラッチ操作ユニット52へ周期的(例えば0.1秒毎)に伝達される。 The clutch operating unit 52 is configured to be able to output an instruction signal to the engine control unit 56 based on the amount of operation of the accelerator operating tool 53. The engine control unit 56 is configured to enable various controls on the engine 8, and the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is adjusted by the engine control unit 56 based on an instruction signal from the clutch operation unit 52. The actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is detected by the rotation speed detection sensor 55, and the detected rotation speed is periodically (for example, every 0.1 seconds) transmitted from the rotation speed detection sensor 55 to the clutch operation unit 52 as a detection signal. ..
 クラッチ操作ユニット52は報知部57に報知信号を出力可能に構成され、クラッチ操作ユニット52によるクラッチによる伝達切換操作が行われる際に、報知信号はクラッチ操作ユニット52から報知部57へ出力される。報知部57は、例えば運転部7に配置されたモニターやブザー、表示灯等であって、伝達切換操作に関する報知を可能に構成されている。運転部7の搭乗者は、報知部57の報知によって、クラッチの非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換えられている状態を認識できる。なお、報知部57は、運転部7の搭乗者や圃場で作業している作業者が携帯する端末(例えばスマートフォンや携帯コンピュータ)に組み込まれる構成であっても良い。 The clutch operation unit 52 is configured to be able to output a notification signal to the notification unit 57, and when the clutch operation unit 52 performs a transmission switching operation by the clutch, the notification signal is output from the clutch operation unit 52 to the notification unit 57. The notification unit 57 is, for example, a monitor, a buzzer, an indicator light, or the like arranged in the operation unit 7, and is configured to enable notification regarding a transmission switching operation. The passenger of the driving unit 7 can recognize the state in which the clutch is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state by the notification of the notification unit 57. The notification unit 57 may be incorporated in a terminal (for example, a smartphone or a mobile computer) carried by a passenger of the driving unit 7 or a worker working in the field.
 図4乃至図6に基づいて、クラッチ操作ユニット52によるクラッチの切換制御に関して説明する。図5及び図6では、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aが脱穀クラッチ23Aを非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換える場合の制御がフローチャートで示される。図5における「スタート」は、クラッチ操作ユニット52が入制御信号を検出したタイミングである。このタイミングからクラッチの切換制御が開始され、最初に報知処理が開始される(ステップ#01)。報知処理は、クラッチ操作ユニット52が報知部57に報知信号を出力する処理であって、クラッチの切換制御の開始が、報知部57を介して運転部7の搭乗者に報知される。この報知処理は、クラッチの切換制御の処理が後述するステップ#17に到達するまで継続する。 The clutch switching control by the clutch operation unit 52 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6. In FIGS. 5 and 6, the flow chart shows the control when the first clutch operating unit 52A switches the threshing clutch 23A from the non-transmission state to the transmission state. “Start” in FIG. 5 is the timing at which the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal. From this timing, the clutch switching control is started, and the notification process is started first (step # 01). The notification process is a process in which the clutch operation unit 52 outputs a notification signal to the notification unit 57, and the start of clutch switching control is notified to the passenger of the operation unit 7 via the notification unit 57. This notification process continues until the clutch switching control process reaches step # 17, which will be described later.
 報知処理の開始後に、予め設定された閾値RLよりもエンジン回転数Rが高いかどうかが判定される(ステップ#02)。閾値RLは、例えばクラッチ操作ユニット52のメモリに予め記憶されている。そして、エンジン回転数Rと閾値RLとが比較される。なお、閾値RLは任意のヒステリシス幅を有するものあっても良く、ヒステリシス幅によってエンジン回転数Rと閾値RLとの比較に基づく判定が安定的になる。エンジン回転数Rが閾値RL以下(または閾値RL未満)である場合(ステップ#02:No)、クラッチの切換制御は後述のステップ#11へ進む。 After the start of the notification process, it is determined whether the engine speed R is higher than the preset threshold value RL (step # 02). The threshold value RL is stored in advance in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52, for example. Then, the engine speed R and the threshold value RL are compared. The threshold value RL may have an arbitrary hysteresis width, and the hysteresis width stabilizes the determination based on the comparison between the engine speed R and the threshold value RL. When the engine speed R is equal to or less than the threshold value RL (or less than the threshold value RL) (step # 02: No), the clutch switching control proceeds to step # 11 described later.
 エンジン回転数Rが閾値RLよりも高い場合(ステップ#02:Yes)、回転数制御フラグFLがONに設定される(ステップ#03)。回転数制御フラグFLは、クラッチ操作ユニット52のECUの処理で用いられる変数であって、後述の第二回転数制御で用いられる。回転数制御フラグFLがONに設定された後、第一回転数制御が行われる(ステップ#04)。『第一回転数制御』とは、エンジン回転数Rが閾値RL以下(または閾値RL未満)となるようにエンジン回転数Rを下げる制御である。第一回転数制御では、エンジン回転数Rを下げる指示信号がクラッチ操作ユニット52からエンジン制御ユニット56へ伝達され、エンジン制御ユニット56は、エンジン8の実際の回転数が閾値RL以下(または閾値RL未満)になるようにエンジン8を制御する。エンジン回転数Rは経時的に変化し、エンジン回転数Rが閾値RLより高いかどうかの判定が周期的に繰り返される(ステップ#05)。エンジン回転数Rが閾値RL以下(または閾値RL未満)である場合(ステップ#05:No)、エンジン回転数Rの第一回転数制御が終了し、クラッチの切換制御は後述のステップ#11へ進む。 When the engine speed R is higher than the threshold RL (step # 02: Yes), the speed control flag FL is set to ON (step # 03). The rotation speed control flag FL is a variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52, and is used in the second rotation speed control described later. After the rotation speed control flag FL is set to ON, the first rotation speed control is performed (step # 04). The "first rotation speed control" is a control for lowering the engine speed R so that the engine speed R becomes equal to or less than the threshold RL (or less than the threshold RL). In the first rotation speed control, an instruction signal for lowering the engine rotation speed R is transmitted from the clutch operation unit 52 to the engine control unit 56, and in the engine control unit 56, the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is equal to or less than the threshold RL (or the threshold RL). The engine 8 is controlled so as to be less than). The engine speed R changes with time, and the determination of whether or not the engine speed R is higher than the threshold value RL is periodically repeated (step # 05). When the engine speed R is equal to or less than the threshold RL (or less than the threshold RL) (step # 05: No), the first speed control of the engine speed R ends, and the clutch switching control goes to step # 11 described later. move on.
 ステップ#11では、回転数制御フラグFLがONに設定されているかどうかが判定される。回転数制御フラグFLがONであると判定された場合(ステップ#11:Yes)、このタイミングでは第一回転数制御が行われた直後であるため、エンジン8のトルクが不安定である場合も考えられる。この状態で、例えば脱穀クラッチ23Aが伝達切換操作されると、このタイミングでエンジン8の出力が不安定になることも考えられる。このような不都合を回避するため、ステップ#12~ステップ#14に示されるような待ち処理が実行される。なお、回転数制御フラグFLがOFFである場合(ステップ#11:No)、クラッチの切換制御は後述のステップ#15へ進む。 In step # 11, it is determined whether or not the rotation speed control flag FL is set to ON. When it is determined that the rotation speed control flag FL is ON (step # 11: Yes), the torque of the engine 8 may be unstable because the first rotation speed control is immediately performed at this timing. Conceivable. In this state, for example, if the threshing clutch 23A is subjected to a transmission switching operation, it is conceivable that the output of the engine 8 becomes unstable at this timing. In order to avoid such inconvenience, the wait process as shown in steps # 12 to # 14 is executed. When the rotation speed control flag FL is OFF (step # 11: No), the clutch switching control proceeds to step # 15 described later.
 ステップ#12では第一待ちタイマTw1のカウントが開始され、第一待ちタイマTw1がカウントアップするまでステップ#13の判定が繰り返される。第一待ちタイマTw1は、クラッチ操作ユニット52のECUの処理で用いられるタイマ変数である。ステップ#12では第一待ちタイマTw1のカウントが開始されてからステップ#13で第一待ちタイマTw1がカウントアップするまでの時間を、『第一間隔時間』と称する。第一間隔時間は、第一回転数制御の完了から伝達切換操作の開始までの時間であって、第一回転数制御が行われた後に、エンジン8における実際の回転数の変化が収束してエンジン8のトルクが安定するための待ち時間として設定される。また、第一間隔時間は、クラッチ操作ユニット52のメモリに記憶され、適宜変更可能な値である。もちろん、第一間隔時間はゼロ値であっても良く、この場合には第一待ちタイマTw1が直ちにカウントアップして(ステップ#13:Yes)、待ち時間は発生しない。第一待ちタイマTw1がカウントアップすると(ステップ#13:Yes)、第一待ちタイマTw1のカウント状態はクリアされる(ステップ#14)。 In step # 12, the counting of the first waiting timer Tw1 is started, and the determination of step # 13 is repeated until the first waiting timer Tw1 counts up. The first wait timer Tw1 is a timer variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52. The time from the start of counting of the first waiting timer Tw1 in step # 12 to the counting up of the first waiting timer Tw1 in step # 13 is referred to as "first interval time". The first interval time is the time from the completion of the first rotation speed control to the start of the transmission switching operation, and after the first rotation speed control is performed, the change in the actual rotation speed in the engine 8 converges. It is set as a waiting time for the torque of the engine 8 to stabilize. Further, the first interval time is a value stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52 and can be changed as appropriate. Of course, the first interval time may be a zero value. In this case, the first wait timer Tw1 counts up immediately (step # 13: Yes), and no waiting time occurs. When the first waiting timer Tw1 counts up (step # 13: Yes), the count state of the first waiting timer Tw1 is cleared (step # 14).
 ステップ#15では報知タイマTnのカウントが開始される。報知タイマTnは、クラッチ操作ユニット52のECUの処理で用いられるタイマ変数であって、ステップ#01で開始された報知処理の終了タイミングを設定するために用いられる。報知タイマTnのカウントの開始後に、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作が開始される(ステップ#16)。なお、ステップ#15における報知タイマTnのカウント開始と、ステップ#16における脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作の開始と、は同時に行われても良い。 In step # 15, counting of the notification timer Tn is started. The notification timer Tn is a timer variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52, and is used to set the end timing of the notification processing started in step # 01. After the count of the notification timer Tn is started, the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started (step # 16). The start of counting the notification timer Tn in step # 15 and the start of the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A in step # 16 may be performed at the same time.
 第一実施形態では、報知部57による報知処理は、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作の完了前に終了する。このため、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作の開始後に、報知タイマTnがカウントアップしたかどうかが判定される(ステップ#17)。報知タイマTnのカウントアップ時間は、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作に要する時間よりも短い時間に設定される。また、報知タイマTnのカウントアップ時間は、クラッチ操作ユニット52のメモリに記憶され、適宜変更可能な値である。 In the first embodiment, the notification process by the notification unit 57 ends before the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed. Therefore, it is determined whether or not the notification timer Tn counts up after the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started (step # 17). The count-up time of the notification timer Tn is set to be shorter than the time required for the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A. Further, the count-up time of the notification timer Tn is stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52 and is a value that can be appropriately changed.
 報知タイマTnがカウントアップすると(ステップ#17:Yes)、報知部57による報知処理が終了し(ステップ#18)、報知タイマTnのカウント状態はクリアされる(ステップ#19)。そして、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作が完了したかどうかが判定され(ステップ#20)、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作が完了するまで、ステップ#17~ステップ#20の処理が繰り返される。この間に、脱穀クラッチ23Aと第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aとに亘る操作ワイヤが、第一クラッチ操作ユニット52Aの電動モータの動作によって引っ張られ、脱穀クラッチ23Aが非伝達状態から伝達状態に切換えられる。なお、ステップ#17でYesの判定が行われてステップ#18とステップ#19との処理が行われた後で、ステップ#17~ステップ#20の処理が繰り返される場合、報知タイマTnはカウント状態ではないため、ステップ#17は必ずNoの判定になる。また、フローチャートに示されていないが、伝達切換操作が完了し(ステップ#20:Yes)、かつ、報知タイマTnがカウント中である場合、報知部57による報知処理が終了するとともに報知タイマTnのカウント状態はクリアされる。 When the notification timer Tn counts up (step # 17: Yes), the notification process by the notification unit 57 ends (step # 18), and the count state of the notification timer Tn is cleared (step # 19). Then, it is determined whether or not the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed (step # 20), and the processes of steps # 17 to # 20 are repeated until the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed. During this time, the operation wire extending over the threshing clutch 23A and the first clutch operation unit 52A is pulled by the operation of the electric motor of the first clutch operation unit 52A, and the threshing clutch 23A is switched from the non-transmission state to the transmission state. If the processing of steps # 17 to # 20 is repeated after the determination of Yes is performed in step # 17 and the processing of steps # 18 and # 19 is performed, the notification timer Tn is in the counting state. Therefore, step # 17 always determines No. Further, although not shown in the flowchart, when the transmission switching operation is completed (step # 20: Yes) and the notification timer Tn is counting, the notification processing by the notification unit 57 ends and the notification timer Tn The count status is cleared.
 脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作が完了すると(ステップ#20:Yes)、回転数制御フラグFLがONに設定されているかどうかが判定される(ステップ#21)。回転数制御フラグFLがOFFである場合(ステップ#21:No)、クラッチの切換制御は、そのまま終了する。回転数制御フラグFLがONである場合(ステップ#21:Yes)、ステップ#23~ステップ#27の処理で第二回転数制御が行われる。『第二回転数制御』とは、第一回転数制御が行われてエンジン回転数Rが閾値RL以下(または閾値RL未満)となった状態で伝達切換操作が完了したら、エンジン回転数Rが閾値RLよりも高くなるようにエンジン回転数Rを上げる制御である。この第二回転数制御によって、エンジン回転数Rが元に戻される。 When the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is completed (step # 20: Yes), it is determined whether or not the rotation speed control flag FL is set to ON (step # 21). When the rotation speed control flag FL is OFF (step # 21: No), the clutch switching control ends as it is. When the rotation speed control flag FL is ON (step # 21: Yes), the second rotation speed control is performed in the processes of steps # 23 to # 27. "Second rotation speed control" means that when the transmission switching operation is completed in a state where the first rotation speed control is performed and the engine rotation speed R is equal to or less than the threshold value RL (or less than the threshold value RL), the engine rotation speed R is changed. It is a control that raises the engine speed R so as to be higher than the threshold value RL. By this second rotation speed control, the engine rotation speed R is restored.
 ステップ#22で回転数制御フラグFLがクリアされた後、第二待ちタイマTw2のカウントが開始され(ステップ#23)、第二待ちタイマTw2がカウントアップするまでステップ#24の判定が繰り返される。第二待ちタイマTw2は、クラッチ操作ユニット52のECUの処理で用いられるタイマ変数である。ステップ#23では第二待ちタイマTw2のカウントが開始されてからステップ#24で第二待ちタイマTw2がカウントアップするまでの時間を、『第二間隔時間』と称する。第二間隔時間は、伝達切換操作の完了から第二回転数制御の開始までの時間であって、第一伝動ベルト23に掛かる衝撃や振動が収束して第一伝動ベルト23の回転状態が安定するための待ち時間として設定される。また、第二間隔時間は、クラッチ操作ユニット52のメモリに記憶され、適宜変更可能な値である。もちろん、第二間隔時間はゼロ値であっても良く、この場合には第二待ちタイマTw2が直ちにカウントアップして(ステップ#24:Yes)、待ち時間は発生しない。第二待ちタイマTw2がカウントアップすると(ステップ#24:Yes)、第二待ちタイマTw2のカウント状態はクリアされる(ステップ#25)。 After the rotation speed control flag FL is cleared in step # 22, counting of the second waiting timer Tw2 is started (step # 23), and the determination of step # 24 is repeated until the second waiting timer Tw2 counts up. The second wait timer Tw2 is a timer variable used in the processing of the ECU of the clutch operation unit 52. The time from the start of counting of the second waiting timer Tw2 in step # 23 to the counting up of the second waiting timer Tw2 in step # 24 is referred to as "second interval time". The second interval time is the time from the completion of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control, and the impact and vibration applied to the first transmission belt 23 converge and the rotational state of the first transmission belt 23 becomes stable. It is set as a waiting time to do. The second interval time is a value stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52 and can be changed as appropriate. Of course, the second interval time may be a zero value. In this case, the second wait timer Tw2 immediately counts up (step # 24: Yes), and no waiting time occurs. When the second waiting timer Tw2 counts up (step # 24: Yes), the count state of the second waiting timer Tw2 is cleared (step # 25).
 なお、第一待ちタイマTw1と、第二待ちタイマTw2と、報知タイマTnと、の夫々のカウントは、ゼロ値からカウントアップ時間の値までインクリメントされる構成であっても良い。また、第一待ちタイマTw1と、第二待ちタイマTw2と、報知タイマTnと、の夫々のカウントは、カウントアップ時間の値からゼロ値までデクリメントされる構成であっても良い。第一待ちタイマTw1と、第二待ちタイマTw2と、報知タイマTnと、の夫々におけるカウントアップ時間は、各別に設定される。 The counts of the first wait timer Tw1, the second wait timer Tw2, and the notification timer Tn may be incremented from the zero value to the count-up time value. Further, the counts of the first wait timer Tw1, the second wait timer Tw2, and the notification timer Tn may be decremented from the value of the count-up time to the zero value. The count-up times of the first waiting timer Tw1, the second waiting timer Tw2, and the notification timer Tn are set separately.
 ステップ#26で第二回転数制御が開始され、第二回転数制御の完了が判定されるまでステップ#27の判定が繰り返される。この間に、エンジン回転数Rが経時的に変化して、エンジン回転数Rとアクセル操作具53の設定回転数とが周期的に比較される。第二回転数制御では、エンジン回転数Rを上げる指示信号がクラッチ操作ユニット52からエンジン制御ユニット56へ伝達され、エンジン制御ユニット56は、エンジン8の実際の回転数がアクセル操作具53の設定回転数に達するように、エンジン8を制御する。エンジン回転数Rがアクセル操作具53の設定回転数に到達すると、第二回転数制御の完了が判定され(ステップ#27:Yes)、クラッチの切換制御は終了する。 The second rotation speed control is started in step # 26, and the determination in step # 27 is repeated until the completion of the second rotation speed control is determined. During this time, the engine speed R changes with time, and the engine speed R and the set speed of the accelerator operating tool 53 are periodically compared. In the second rotation speed control, an instruction signal for increasing the engine rotation speed R is transmitted from the clutch operation unit 52 to the engine control unit 56, and in the engine control unit 56, the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 is the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53. The engine 8 is controlled to reach the number. When the engine speed R reaches the set speed of the accelerator operating tool 53, the completion of the second speed control is determined (step # 27: Yes), and the clutch switching control ends.
 図7乃至図9に、エンジン回転数Rと、脱穀クラッチ23A(図4等参照、以下同じ)の状態と、報知部57(図4参照、以下同じ)による報知処理と、の夫々がタイムチャートとして経時的に示されている。図7乃至図9において、脱穀クラッチ23Aの非伝達状態と伝達状態との夫々が水平な線で示され、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作が行われている最中の状態が傾斜線で示されている。 7 to 9 show time charts of the engine speed R, the state of the threshing clutch 23A (see FIG. 4 and the like, the same applies hereinafter), and the notification process by the notification unit 57 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter). Is shown over time. In FIGS. 7 to 9, the non-transmission state and the transmission state of the threshing clutch 23A are shown by horizontal lines, and the state during the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is shown by an inclined line. ing.
 図7には、エンジン回転数Rが常に閾値RL以下である場合において、クラッチ操作ユニット52(図4参照、以下同じ)による伝達切換操作が行われる様子が示されている。
図7に示される例では、図5に示されるフローチャートに基づいて、ステップ#02でNoの判定が行われる。そして、回転数制御フラグFLはONに設定されないため、ステップ#11でNoの判定が行われ、ステップ#21でもNoの判定が行われる。このことから、ステップ#01の処理と、ステップ#15の処理と、ステップ#16の処理と、が略同時に行われる。このため、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作が開始されるタイミングと、報知部57による報知処理の開始タイミングと、が略同時である。
FIG. 7 shows how the clutch operating unit 52 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter) performs a transmission switching operation when the engine speed R is always equal to or lower than the threshold value RL.
In the example shown in FIG. 7, No is determined in step # 02 based on the flowchart shown in FIG. Since the rotation speed control flag FL is not set to ON, the determination of No is performed in step # 11, and the determination of No is also performed in step # 21. From this, the process of step # 01, the process of step # 15, and the process of step # 16 are performed substantially at the same time. Therefore, the timing at which the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started and the timing at which the notification process by the notification unit 57 is started are substantially simultaneous.
 図7において、脱穀クラッチ23Aが非伝達状態から伝達状態に移行し始めるタイミングが、入制御信号の検出タイミングである。図5に示されるステップ#01の処理と、図6に示されるステップ#15及びステップ#16の処理と、が入制御信号の検出タイミングで略同時に行われている。このように、クラッチ操作ユニット52が入制御信号を検出したときにエンジン回転数Rが予め設定された閾値RL以下である場合(または閾値RLよりも低い場合)、クラッチ操作ユニット52は脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作を直ちに行う。 In FIG. 7, the timing at which the threshing clutch 23A starts to shift from the non-transmission state to the transmission state is the detection timing of the input control signal. The processing of step # 01 shown in FIG. 5 and the processing of steps # 15 and # 16 shown in FIG. 6 are performed substantially simultaneously at the detection timing of the input control signal. As described above, when the engine speed R is equal to or less than the preset threshold value RL (or lower than the threshold value RL) when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal, the clutch operation unit 52 is the threshing clutch 23A. Immediately perform the transmission switching operation for.
 図8では、エンジン回転数Rが閾値RLよりも高回転なR1である場合に、クラッチ操作ユニット52による伝達切換操作が行われる様子が示されている。この場合、アクセル操作具53(図4参照、以下同じ)の設定回転数はR1となるように設定される。また、図9では、エンジン回転数Rが閾値RLよりも高回転なR2である場合に、クラッチ操作ユニット52による伝達切換操作が行われる様子が示されている。この場合、アクセル操作具53の設定回転数はR2となるように設定され、R2はR1よりも低い回転数である。 FIG. 8 shows how the clutch operation unit 52 performs the transmission switching operation when the engine speed R is R1 which is higher than the threshold value RL. In this case, the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter) is set to R1. Further, FIG. 9 shows a state in which the transmission switching operation is performed by the clutch operation unit 52 when the engine speed R is R2 having a speed higher than the threshold value RL. In this case, the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53 is set to be R2, and R2 is a rotation speed lower than R1.
 図8及び図9に示される例の何れにおいても、クラッチ操作ユニット52が入制御信号を検出したタイミングで、図5におけるステップ#01~ステップ#04の処理が行われる。図8に示される例では第一回転数制御が時間Td1の間に亘って行われ、図9に示される例では第一回転数制御が時間Td2の間に亘って行われる。このように、クラッチ操作ユニット52が入制御信号を検出したときにエンジン回転数Rが閾値RLよりも高い場合、クラッチ操作ユニット52は第一回転数制御を行うとともに、エンジン回転数Rが閾値RL以下(または閾値RL未満)となった状態で脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作を行う。 In any of the examples shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the processes of steps # 01 to # 04 in FIG. 5 are performed at the timing when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the on-control signal. In the example shown in FIG. 8, the first rotation speed control is performed during the time Td1, and in the example shown in FIG. 9, the first rotation speed control is performed during the time Td2. In this way, when the engine speed R is higher than the threshold RL when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal, the clutch operation unit 52 controls the first speed and the engine speed R is the threshold RL. The transmission switching operation for the grain removal clutch 23A is performed in a state of being below (or less than the threshold value RL).
 図8に示される第一回転数制御では、時間Td1の間にエンジン回転数RがR1から閾値RLに下げられている。第一回転数制御におけるエンジン回転数Rの単位時間当たりの変化率を第一変化率Rdと定義すると、図8に示される例では第一変化率Rdが以下の式から算出される。
 Rd=(R1-RL)/Td1
In the first rotation speed control shown in FIG. 8, the engine rotation speed R is lowered from R1 to the threshold value RL during the time Td1. If the rate of change of the engine speed R per unit time in the first speed control is defined as the first rate of change Rd, the first rate of change Rd is calculated from the following formula in the example shown in FIG.
Rd = (R1-RL) / Td1
 また、図9に示される第一回転数制御では、時間Td2の間にエンジン回転数RがR2から閾値RLに下げられている。図9に示される例では、上述した第一変化率Rdが以下の式から算出される。
 Rd=(R2-RL)/Td2
Further, in the first rotation speed control shown in FIG. 9, the engine rotation speed R is lowered from R2 to the threshold value RL during the time Td2. In the example shown in FIG. 9, the above-mentioned first rate of change Rd is calculated from the following formula.
Rd = (R2-RL) / Td2
 第一変化率Rdは、図8及び図9においてエンジン回転数Rのグラフの傾斜度合いによって表される。図9のエンジン回転数Rのグラフに示される破線は、図8のエンジン回転数Rのグラフに示される実線を重ね合わせたものである。図9に示されるように、エンジン回転数RがR1から閾値RLに下げられる際のエンジン回転数Rのグラフの傾斜度合い(破線)と、エンジン回転数RがR2から閾値RLに下げられる際のエンジン回転数Rのグラフの傾斜度合い(実線)と、が同じである。このことから、第一変化率Rdは、以下の式に示されるように、クラッチ操作ユニット52が入制御信号を検出した時点におけるエンジン回転数Rにかかわらず一定である。
 Rd=(R1-RL)/Td1=(R2-RL)/Td2
The first rate of change Rd is represented by the degree of inclination of the graph of the engine speed R in FIGS. 8 and 9. The broken line shown in the graph of the engine speed R in FIG. 9 is a superposition of the solid lines shown in the graph of the engine speed R in FIG. As shown in FIG. 9, the degree of inclination (broken line) of the graph of the engine speed R when the engine speed R is lowered from R1 to the threshold RL, and the degree of inclination (broken line) when the engine speed R is lowered from R2 to the threshold RL. The degree of inclination (solid line) of the graph of the engine speed R is the same. From this, as shown in the following equation, the first rate of change Rd is constant regardless of the engine speed R at the time when the clutch operating unit 52 detects the ON control signal.
Rd = (R1-RL) / Td1 = (R2-RL) / Td2
 図8及び図9に示される例の何れにおいても、第一回転数制御の完了後、図6に示されるステップ#12,ステップ#13の処理に基づく第一待ちタイマTw1のカウントが行われ、第一間隔時間が図8及び図9の『Tw1』で示されている。第一間隔時間の経過後に、図6に示されるステップ#16の処理に基づいて脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作が開始される。伝達切換操作の完了後に、ステップ#23,ステップ#24の処理に基づく第二待ちタイマTw2のカウントが行われ、第二間隔時間が図8及び図9の『Tw2』で示される。 In any of the examples shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, after the completion of the first rotation speed control, the first wait timer Tw1 is counted based on the processes of steps # 12 and # 13 shown in FIG. The first interval time is shown by "Tw1" in FIGS. 8 and 9. After the lapse of the first interval time, the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is started based on the process of step # 16 shown in FIG. After the transmission switching operation is completed, the second wait timer Tw2 is counted based on the processes of steps # 23 and # 24, and the second interval time is shown by "Tw2" in FIGS. 8 and 9.
 第二間隔時間の経過後に、図8及び図9に示される例の何れにおいても、図6におけるステップ#26の処理に基づく第二回転数制御が行われる。図8に示される例では第二回転数制御が時間Ta1の間に亘って行われ、図9に示される例では第二回転数制御が時間Ta2の間に亘って行われる。 After the lapse of the second interval time, in any of the examples shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the second rotation speed control based on the process of step # 26 in FIG. 6 is performed. In the example shown in FIG. 8, the second rotation speed control is performed during the time Ta1, and in the example shown in FIG. 9, the second rotation speed control is performed during the time Ta2.
 図8に示される第二回転数制御では、時間Ta1の間にエンジン回転数Rが閾値RLからR1に上げられている。第二回転数制御におけるエンジン回転数Rの単位時間当たりの変化率を第二変化率Ruと定義すると、図8に示される例では第二変化率Ruが以下の式から算出される。
 Ru=(R1-RL)/Ta1
In the second rotation speed control shown in FIG. 8, the engine rotation speed R is raised from the threshold value RL to R1 during the time Ta1. If the rate of change of the engine speed R per unit time in the second speed control is defined as the second rate of change Ru, the second rate of change Ru is calculated from the following formula in the example shown in FIG.
Ru = (R1-RL) / Ta1
 また、図9に示される第二回転数制御では、時間Ta2の間にエンジン回転数Rが閾値RLからR2に上げられている。図9に示される例では、上述した第二変化率Ruが以下の式から算出される。
 Ru=(R2-RL)/Ta2
Further, in the second rotation speed control shown in FIG. 9, the engine rotation speed R is raised from the threshold value RL to R2 during the time Ta2. In the example shown in FIG. 9, the above-mentioned second rate of change Ru is calculated from the following formula.
Ru = (R2-RL) / Ta2
 第二変化率Ruは、図8及び図9においてエンジン回転数Rのグラフの傾斜度合いによって表される。また、第二変化率Ruは、以下の式に示されるように一定である。
 Ru=(R1-RL)/Ta1=(R2-RL)/Ta2
 なお、第二変化率Ruは一定でなくても良く、例えばアクセル操作具53の設定回転数に応じて第二変化率Ruが変化しても良い。
The second rate of change Ru is represented by the degree of inclination of the graph of the engine speed R in FIGS. 8 and 9. Further, the second rate of change Ru is constant as shown in the following equation.
Ru = (R1-RL) / Ta1 = (R2-RL) / Ta2
The second rate of change Ru does not have to be constant, and for example, the second rate of change Ru may change according to the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53.
 第一実施形態では、第一変化率Rdは第二変化率Ruよりも小さく設定されている。換言すると、時間Td1が時間Ta1よりも長く設定され、時間Td2が時間Ta2よりも長く設定されている。第一回転数制御の実行時にクローラ走行装置2が駆動している場合、クローラ走行装置2の駆動負荷によってエンジン8の実際の回転数が急に下がることも考えられる。このような場合、クローラ走行装置2が急減速することによって、作業者が驚いたり不快に感じたりする虞がある。本構成であれば、第一変化率Rdに基づいてエンジン回転数Rが徐々に下げられるため、クローラ走行装置2は急減速することなく徐々に減速する。このため、第一回転数制御の実行時に作業者が驚いたり不快に感じたりする虞が大きく軽減される。 In the first embodiment, the first rate of change Rd is set smaller than the second rate of change Ru. In other words, the time Td1 is set longer than the time Ta1, and the time Td2 is set longer than the time Ta2. When the crawler traveling device 2 is driven when the first rotation speed control is executed, it is conceivable that the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 suddenly drops due to the driving load of the crawler traveling device 2. In such a case, the crawler traveling device 2 may suddenly decelerate, which may surprise or make the operator feel uncomfortable. In this configuration, since the engine speed R is gradually lowered based on the first rate of change Rd, the crawler traveling device 2 gradually decelerates without sudden deceleration. Therefore, the possibility that the operator is surprised or uncomfortable when executing the first rotation speed control is greatly reduced.
 第一間隔時間は、第一回転数制御の直後においてエンジン8(図3参照、以下同じ)の出力が安定するのを待つ時間であって、第二間隔時間は、伝達切換操作の直後において第一伝動ベルト23(図4参照、以下同じ)に掛かる衝撃や振動が収束するのを待つ時間である。上述したように、第一回転数制御においてエンジン回転数Rは徐々に下げられるため、第一回転数制御の直後におけるエンジン8の出力は、伝達切換操作の完了後に第一伝動ベルト23の衝撃や振動の収束を待つ場合よりも速く安定する。このため、第一実施形態では、図8及び図9の『Tw1』で示される第一間隔時間が、図8及び図9の『Tw2』で示される第二間隔時間よりも短く設定されている。換言すると、図8及び図9の『Tw2』で示される第二間隔時間が、図8及び図9の『Tw1』で示される第一間隔時間よりも長く設定されている。第二間隔時間は、例えば0.7秒に設定される。第一間隔時間は、例えば0~0.3秒に設定され、ゼロ値であっても良い。 The first interval time is the time to wait for the output of the engine 8 (see FIG. 3, the same applies hereinafter) to stabilize immediately after the first rotation speed control, and the second interval time is the time immediately after the transmission switching operation. It is a time to wait for the impact and vibration applied to the transmission belt 23 (see FIG. 4, the same applies hereinafter) to converge. As described above, since the engine speed R is gradually lowered in the first rotation speed control, the output of the engine 8 immediately after the first rotation speed control is the impact of the first transmission belt 23 after the transmission switching operation is completed. It stabilizes faster than waiting for the vibration to converge. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the first interval time shown by "Tw1" in FIGS. 8 and 9 is set shorter than the second interval time shown by "Tw2" in FIGS. 8 and 9. .. In other words, the second interval time indicated by "Tw2" in FIGS. 8 and 9 is set longer than the first interval time indicated by "Tw1" in FIGS. 8 and 9. The second interval time is set to, for example, 0.7 seconds. The first interval time is set to, for example, 0 to 0.3 seconds, and may be a zero value.
 報知タイマTnがカウントする設定時間は、図7乃至図9における『Tn』の間隔時間で示され、報知タイマTnのカウントが終了するタイミングで報知処理はONからOFFに切換えられている。報知タイマTnがカウントする設定時間は、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作の開始から予め設定された設定時間である。つまり、図7乃至図9に示されるように、報知部57は、クラッチ操作ユニット52が入制御信号を検出した時点と、伝達切換操作の開始から予め設定された設定時間が経過した時点と、に亘って伝達切換操作に関する報知をし続ける。 The set time counted by the notification timer Tn is indicated by the interval time of "Tn" in FIGS. 7 to 9, and the notification process is switched from ON to OFF at the timing when the count of the notification timer Tn ends. The set time counted by the notification timer Tn is a set time preset from the start of the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A. That is, as shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, the notification unit 57 has a time when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal and a time when a preset set time has elapsed from the start of the transmission switching operation. Continue to notify about the transmission switching operation.
 報知処理がONからOFFへ切換えられたタイミングでは、脱穀クラッチ23Aに対する伝達切換操作は完了していない。つまり、報知タイマTnがカウントする設定時間は、伝達切換操作の完了前の時点に設定されている。例えば、伝達切換操作の開始から完了までに要する時間が1.3秒であれば、報知タイマTnがカウントする設定時間は、例えば1秒に設定される。そして、報知タイマTnのカウントが設定時間を経過した時点で、報知部57は報知を止める。このため、報知部57による報知がしつこくならずに済み、作業者が報知を不快に感じる虞は軽減される。 At the timing when the notification process is switched from ON to OFF, the transmission switching operation for the threshing clutch 23A is not completed. That is, the set time counted by the notification timer Tn is set before the completion of the transmission switching operation. For example, if the time required from the start to the completion of the transmission switching operation is 1.3 seconds, the set time counted by the notification timer Tn is set to, for example, 1 second. Then, when the count of the notification timer Tn elapses for the set time, the notification unit 57 stops the notification. Therefore, the notification by the notification unit 57 does not have to be persistent, and the possibility that the operator feels the notification unpleasant is reduced.
〔第一実施形態の別実施形態〕
 本発明は、上述の第一実施形態に例示された構成に限定されるものではなく、以下、本発明の代表的な別実施形態を例示する。
[Another Embodiment of the First Embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to the configuration exemplified in the first embodiment described above, and the following, typical alternative embodiments of the present invention will be exemplified.
(1-1)上述した第一実施形態では、クラッチ操作ユニット52が脱穀クラッチ23Aを伝達切換操作する構成が例示されたが、本発明の『作業クラッチ』は、刈取クラッチ40A,41Aや排出クラッチ50Aであっても良い。刈取クラッチ40Aが本発明の『作業クラッチ』である場合、本発明の『伝動ベルト』は刈取用伝動ベルト40である。また、刈取クラッチ41Aが本発明の『作業クラッチ』である場合、本発明の『伝動ベルト』は刈取用伝動ベルト41である。加えて、排出クラッチ50Aが本発明の『作業クラッチ』である場合、本発明の『伝動ベルト』は排出伝動ベルト50である。 (1-1) In the first embodiment described above, the configuration in which the clutch operating unit 52 transmits and switches the threshing clutch 23A is exemplified, but the "working clutch" of the present invention includes the cutting clutches 40A and 41A and the discharge clutch. It may be 50A. When the cutting clutch 40A is the "working clutch" of the present invention, the "transmission belt" of the present invention is the cutting transmission belt 40. When the cutting clutch 41A is the "working clutch" of the present invention, the "transmission belt" of the present invention is the cutting transmission belt 41. In addition, when the discharge clutch 50A is the "work clutch" of the present invention, the "transmission belt" of the present invention is the discharge transmission belt 50.
(1-2)上述した第一実施形態において、第一回転数制御が行われてエンジン回転数Rが閾値RL以下となった状態で伝達切換操作が完了したら、クラッチ操作ユニット52は第二回転数制御を行うが、この第一実施形態に限定されない。例えば、クラッチ操作ユニット52は第二回転数制御を行わないように選択設定可能な構成であっても良い。 (1-2) In the first embodiment described above, when the transmission switching operation is completed in a state where the first rotation speed control is performed and the engine rotation speed R is equal to or less than the threshold value RL, the clutch operation unit 52 makes a second rotation. Numerical control is performed, but the present invention is not limited to this first embodiment. For example, the clutch operation unit 52 may be configured to be selectable and set so as not to perform the second rotation speed control.
(1-3)上述した第一実施形態において、クラッチ操作ユニット52は、エンジン回転数Rがアクセル操作具53の設定回転数に達するように第二回転数制御を行うが、この第一実施形態に限定されない。例えば、図6に示されるステップ#03において、回転数制御フラグFLがONに設定されると同時に、このタイミングにおけるエンジン回転数Rがクラッチ操作ユニット52のメモリに記憶される構成であっても良い。この場合、第二回転数制御では、エンジン制御ユニット56は、エンジン8の実際の回転数がステップ#03で記憶されたエンジン回転数Rに達するように、エンジン8を制御する構成であっても良い。そして、ステップ#27において、エンジン回転数Rがステップ#03で記憶されたエンジン回転数Rに到達すると、第二回転数制御の完了が判定され、クラッチの切換制御は終了する構成であっても良い。 (1-3) In the first embodiment described above, the clutch operation unit 52 controls the second rotation speed so that the engine rotation speed R reaches the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool 53. Not limited to. For example, in step # 03 shown in FIG. 6, the engine speed control flag FL may be set to ON, and at the same time, the engine speed R at this timing may be stored in the memory of the clutch operation unit 52. .. In this case, in the second rotation speed control, the engine control unit 56 controls the engine 8 so that the actual rotation speed of the engine 8 reaches the engine rotation speed R stored in step # 03. good. Then, in step # 27, when the engine speed R reaches the engine speed R stored in step # 03, the completion of the second rotation speed control is determined, and the clutch switching control is terminated. good.
(1-4)上述した第一実施形態において、第一回転数制御では、第一変化率Rdに基づいてエンジン回転数Rが時間に比例して下げられているが、この第一実施形態に限定されない。例えば、第一回転数制御では、エンジン回転数Rが、公知の躍度最小モデル等に基づく制御よってS字カーブ状に下げられる構成であっても良い。また、例えば、第二回転数制御では、エンジン回転数Rが、公知の躍度最小モデル等に基づく制御よってS字カーブ状に上げられる構成であっても良い。 (1-4) In the first embodiment described above, in the first rotation speed control, the engine rotation speed R is lowered in proportion to the time based on the first rate of change Rd. Not limited. For example, in the first rotation speed control, the engine rotation speed R may be lowered in an S-shaped curve by control based on a known minimum jerk model or the like. Further, for example, in the second rotation speed control, the engine rotation speed R may be increased in an S-shaped curve by control based on a known minimum jerk model or the like.
(1-5)上述した第一実施形態において、第一回転数制御の完了から伝達切換操作の開始までの時間である第一間隔時間が設けられているが、第一間隔時間が設けられない構成であっても良い。 (1-5) In the first embodiment described above, the first interval time, which is the time from the completion of the first rotation speed control to the start of the transmission switching operation, is provided, but the first interval time is not provided. It may be configured.
(1-6)上述した第一実施形態において、報知部57は、クラッチ操作ユニット52が入制御信号を検出した時点から、伝達切換操作の完了前の時点まで伝達切換操作に関する報知を行うが、この第一実施形態に限定されない。例えば、報知タイマTnがカウントする設定時間が伝達切換操作の完了後の時点に設定されても良い。また、報知タイマTnがカウントアップした後も、報知部57が何らかの報知を行う構成であっても良い。 (1-6) In the first embodiment described above, the notification unit 57 notifies the transmission switching operation from the time when the clutch operation unit 52 detects the ON control signal to the time before the completion of the transmission switching operation. It is not limited to this first embodiment. For example, the set time counted by the notification timer Tn may be set at a time after the completion of the transmission switching operation. Further, even after the notification timer Tn counts up, the notification unit 57 may perform some notification.
(1-7)上述した第一実施形態において、第二間隔時間は、第二待ちタイマTw2のカウント時間であって、伝達切換操作の完了から第二回転数制御の開始までの時間であるが、この第一実施形態に限定されない。例えば、第二待ちタイマTw2のカウント時間は、伝達切換操作の開始から第二回転数制御の開始までの時間として設定されても良い。この場合、第二待ちタイマTw2のカウント時間は伝達切換操作に要する時間よりも長く設定されると良い。もちろん、第二待ちタイマTw2のカウント時間が報知タイマTnのカウント時間よりも長く設定されても良い。この場合に例えば、伝達切換操作の開始から完了までに要する時間が1.3秒であれば、報知タイマTnがカウントする設定時間は、例えば1秒に設定され、第二待ちタイマTw2のカウント時間は、例えば2秒に設定される構成であっても良い。 (1-7) In the first embodiment described above, the second interval time is the count time of the second wait timer Tw2, which is the time from the completion of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control. , Not limited to this first embodiment. For example, the count time of the second wait timer Tw2 may be set as the time from the start of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control. In this case, the count time of the second wait timer Tw2 may be set longer than the time required for the transmission switching operation. Of course, the count time of the second wait timer Tw2 may be set longer than the count time of the notification timer Tn. In this case, for example, if the time required from the start to the completion of the transmission switching operation is 1.3 seconds, the set time for the notification timer Tn to count is set to, for example, 1 second, and the count time for the second wait timer Tw2. May be configured to be set to, for example, 2 seconds.
 なお、上述の第一実施形態(第一実施形態の別実施形態を含む、以下同じ)で開示される構成は、矛盾が生じない限り、他の実施形態で開示される構成と組み合わせて適用することが可能である。また、本明細書において開示された第一実施形態は例示であって、本発明はこれに限定されず、本発明の目的を逸脱しない範囲内で適宜改変することが可能である。上述の第一実施形態に開示された発明は、作業車に関するものである。第一実施形態に開示された発明は、上述の普通型コンバイン以外にも、自脱型コンバインやトウモロコシ収穫機、耕耘装置などの作業装置を取り付けたトラクタ、水田作業機、バックホー等にも適用可能である。 It should be noted that the configuration disclosed in the above-described first embodiment (including another embodiment of the first embodiment, the same shall apply hereinafter) is applied in combination with the configuration disclosed in other embodiments as long as there is no contradiction. It is possible. Further, the first embodiment disclosed in the present specification is an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and can be appropriately modified without departing from the object of the present invention. The invention disclosed in the first embodiment described above relates to a work platform. The invention disclosed in the first embodiment can be applied not only to the above-mentioned conventional combine harvester, but also to a tractor, a paddy field working machine, a backhoe, etc. Is.
〔第二実施形態〕
 以下、本発明に係る収穫機の第二実施形態を、図10乃至図18に基づいて説明する。第二実施形態は、上述の〔第二課題〕を解決するための本発明の一例を示すものである。
[Second Embodiment]
Hereinafter, the second embodiment of the harvester according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 18. The second embodiment shows an example of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [second problem].
〔第二実施形態のコンバインの全体構成〕
 図10には、全稈投入型コンバイン(本発明に係る『収穫機』に相当)を示している。本コンバインには、機体フレーム101と、クローラ走行装置102と、が備えられている。機体の前方には、植立穀稈を掻き込みながら刈り取る刈取部103が設けられている。刈取部103には、植立穀稈を掻き込む掻込リール104と、植立穀稈を切断する刈刃105と、刈取穀稈を掻き込む掻込オーガ106と、これらを支持する刈取フレーム107と、が備えられている。刈取フレーム107の左右両側部における前端部には、夫々、植立穀稈を分草するデバイダ108が設けられている。
[Overall configuration of the combine of the second embodiment]
FIG. 10 shows a whole culm harvester (corresponding to the “harvester” according to the present invention). The combine is provided with an airframe frame 101 and a crawler traveling device 102. In front of the machine body, a cutting section 103 is provided for cutting while scraping the planted grain culm. The cutting unit 103 includes a scraping reel 104 for scraping the planted culm, a cutting blade 105 for cutting the planted culm, a scraping auger 106 for scraping the harvested culm, and a cutting frame 107 supporting these. And are provided. Dividers 108 for weeding the planted culms are provided at the front ends of the cutting frame 107 on both the left and right sides.
 機体の前部には、運転部109が設けられている。刈取穀稈の全稈を脱穀処理する脱穀装置110が設けられている。刈取部103と脱穀装置110とに亘って、刈取穀稈を脱穀装置110に向けて搬送するフィーダ111が設けられている。フィーダ111は、脱穀装置110の前部に上下揺動可能に支持されている。フィーダ111と機体フレーム101とに亘って、フィーダ111を上下揺動させるための油圧シリンダ112が設けられている。脱穀装置110の右方には、脱穀装置110の脱穀処理によって得られた穀粒を貯留する穀粒タンク113が設けられている。穀粒タンク113内の穀粒を排出する穀粒排出装置114が設けられている。 A driving unit 109 is provided at the front of the aircraft. A threshing device 110 is provided for threshing all the culms of the harvested culms. A feeder 111 for transporting the harvested culm toward the threshing device 110 is provided across the cutting section 103 and the threshing device 110. The feeder 111 is vertically swingably supported by the front portion of the threshing device 110. A hydraulic cylinder 112 for vertically swinging the feeder 111 is provided over the feeder 111 and the machine frame 101. To the right of the threshing device 110, a grain tank 113 for storing the grains obtained by the threshing process of the threshing device 110 is provided. A grain discharge device 114 for discharging grains in the grain tank 113 is provided.
〔第二実施形態の掻込リール〕
 図11乃至図14に示されるように、掻込リール104には、左右の支持アーム115と、掻込リール駆動軸116と、左右のリールフレーム117と、複数の支持バー118(本発明に係る『支持部材』に相当)と、複数のタイン119と、タイン姿勢保持機構120と、が備えられている。
[Scraping reel of the second embodiment]
As shown in FIGS. 11 to 14, the scraping reel 104 includes left and right support arms 115, a scraping reel drive shaft 116, left and right reel frames 117, and a plurality of support bars 118 (related to the present invention). It is provided with a "support member"), a plurality of tines 119, and a tine posture holding mechanism 120.
 左右の支持アーム115の基端部に亘って、左右の支持アーム115の基端部を連結する連結軸121が設けられている。左右の支持アーム115は、連結軸121を介して刈取フレーム107の後部に上下揺動可能に支持されている。左右の支持アーム115の先端部に亘って、掻込リール104を掻込駆動するための動力が入力される掻込リール駆動軸116が設けられている。掻込リール駆動軸116の右端部には、掻込リール駆動軸116に動力を伝達するベルト伝動機構122が連係されている。左側の支持アーム115と刈取フレーム107の左側部とに亘って及び右側の支持アーム115と刈取フレーム107の右側部とに亘って、夫々、支持アーム115を上下揺動させるための油圧シリンダ123(図10参照)が設けられている。 A connecting shaft 121 for connecting the base ends of the left and right support arms 115 is provided over the base ends of the left and right support arms 115. The left and right support arms 115 are vertically and vertically swingably supported by the rear portion of the cutting frame 107 via the connecting shaft 121. A suction reel drive shaft 116 for inputting power for scraping and driving the scraping reel 104 is provided over the tip portions of the left and right support arms 115. A belt transmission mechanism 122 that transmits power to the suction reel drive shaft 116 is linked to the right end portion of the suction reel drive shaft 116. A hydraulic cylinder 123 for vertically swinging the support arm 115 over the left side support arm 115 and the left side portion of the cutting frame 107 and over the right side support arm 115 and the right side portion of the cutting frame 107, respectively. (See FIG. 10) is provided.
 左右のリールフレーム117は、機体左右方向に沿って延びる回転軸心X1まわりで矢印Aの方向に回転駆動される。左側のリールフレーム117は、掻込リール駆動軸116の左端部に支持されている。右側のリールフレーム117は、掻込リール駆動軸116の右端部に支持されている。リールフレーム117は、側面視で略五角形状に形成されている。リールフレーム117には、五つのアーム部124aを有するフレーム本体124と、五つのアーム部124aの先端部に亘って巻き回される帯状の板材125と、が備えられている。 The left and right reel frames 117 are rotationally driven in the direction of arrow A around the rotation axis X1 extending along the left and right direction of the machine body. The left reel frame 117 is supported by the left end portion of the suction reel drive shaft 116. The reel frame 117 on the right side is supported by the right end portion of the suction reel drive shaft 116. The reel frame 117 is formed in a substantially pentagonal shape when viewed from the side. The reel frame 117 includes a frame main body 124 having five arm portions 124a, and a strip-shaped plate member 125 wound around the tip portions of the five arm portions 124a.
 支持バー118は、機体左右方向に沿って延びる丸棒状の支持部材である。支持バー118は、左側のフレーム本体124における五つのアーム部124aの先端部の夫々と右側のフレーム本体124における五つのアーム部124aの先端部の夫々とに亘って設けられている。すなわち、支持バー118は、左右のリールフレーム117に亘って複数(第二実施形態では、五本)設けられている。 The support bar 118 is a round bar-shaped support member that extends along the left-right direction of the machine body. Support bars 118 are provided over the tips of the five arm portions 124a on the left frame body 124 and the tips of the five arm portions 124a on the right frame body 124, respectively. That is, a plurality of support bars 118 (five in the second embodiment) are provided over the left and right reel frames 117.
 タイン姿勢保持機構120は、タイン119を支持バー118から下方に向かって延び出る姿勢に保持するものである。タイン姿勢保持機構120には、回転軸心X1と平行な回転軸心X2まわりで回転可能な補助リールフレーム126と、補助リールフレーム126と支持バー118とを連係するリンク127と、が備えられている。補助リールフレーム126は、側面視で略五角形状に形成されている。補助リールフレーム126には、五つのアーム部128aを有するフレーム本体128と、五つのアーム部128aの先端部に亘って巻き回される帯状の板材129と、が備えられている。フレーム本体128における各アーム部128aの先端部と各支持バー118とに亘って、リンク127が設けられている。 The tine posture holding mechanism 120 holds the tine 119 in a posture extending downward from the support bar 118. The tine posture holding mechanism 120 is provided with an auxiliary reel frame 126 that can rotate around the rotation axis X2 parallel to the rotation axis X1 and a link 127 that links the auxiliary reel frame 126 and the support bar 118. There is. The auxiliary reel frame 126 is formed in a substantially pentagonal shape when viewed from the side. The auxiliary reel frame 126 is provided with a frame main body 128 having five arm portions 128a, and a strip-shaped plate member 129 wound around the tip portions of the five arm portions 128a. A link 127 is provided over the tip of each arm portion 128a and each support bar 118 in the frame main body 128.
 補助リールフレーム126が回転軸心X2まわりで回転することにより、リンク127を介して支持バー118が回転操作されることになる。これにより、リールフレーム117の回転にかかわらず、タイン119が支持バー118から下方に向かって延び出る姿勢に保持されることになる。 By rotating the auxiliary reel frame 126 around the rotation axis X2, the support bar 118 is rotated via the link 127. As a result, the tine 119 is held in a posture of extending downward from the support bar 118 regardless of the rotation of the reel frame 117.
〔第二実施形態のタイン〕
 複数のタイン119は、支持バー118に機体左右方向に間隔をあけて取り付けられている。タイン119として、支持バー118の左右両端部に位置する複数の外側タイン130と、外側タイン130よりも横内側に位置する複数の内側タイン131(本発明に係る『タイン』に相当)と、が備えられている。外側タイン130は、内側タイン131よりも外径の大きい丸棒材によって構成され、内側タイン131よりも曲げ強度が高い。
[Tyne of the second embodiment]
The plurality of tines 119 are attached to the support bars 118 at intervals in the left-right direction of the machine body. As the tine 119, a plurality of outer tines 130 located at both left and right ends of the support bar 118 and a plurality of inner tines 131 (corresponding to the "tine" according to the present invention) located laterally inside the outer tine 130 are used. It is equipped. The outer tine 130 is made of a round bar having an outer diameter larger than that of the inner tine 131, and has a higher bending strength than the inner tine 131.
 図15乃至図18に示されるように、内側タイン131は、外側タイン130よりも外径の小さい丸棒材によって構成され、外側タイン130よりも曲げ強度が低い。内側タイン131に、支持部131aと、バネ部131bと、作用部131cと、延設部131dと、が備えられている。支持部131aは支持バー118に支持される。バネ部131bは支持バー118の下方に位置する。作用部131cは、バネ部131bから垂れ下がる状態で設けられ、植立穀稈に掻込作用する。延設部131dは、支持部131aとバネ部131bとに亘って延びる。 As shown in FIGS. 15 to 18, the inner tine 131 is composed of a round bar having an outer diameter smaller than that of the outer tine 130, and has a lower bending strength than the outer tine 130. The inner tine 131 is provided with a support portion 131a, a spring portion 131b, an action portion 131c, and an extension portion 131d. The support portion 131a is supported by the support bar 118. The spring portion 131b is located below the support bar 118. The working portion 131c is provided in a state of hanging from the spring portion 131b and acts on the planted culm. The extension portion 131d extends over the support portion 131a and the spring portion 131b.
 第二実施形態では、内側タイン131には、一の支持部131aと、左右のバネ部131bと、左右の作用部131cと、左右の延設部131dと、が備えられている。左右のバネ部131bは、一の支持部131aに対して左右に振り分け配置される。左側の延設部131dは、一の支持部131aと左側のバネ部131bとに亘って延びる。右側の延設部131dは、一の支持部131aと右側のバネ部131bとに亘って延びる。左側の作用部131cは左側のバネ部131bに対応する。右側の作用部131cは右側のバネ部131bに対応する。内側タイン131は、その左右中心C1に対して左右対称な形状に形成されている。 In the second embodiment, the inner tine 131 is provided with one support portion 131a, left and right spring portions 131b, left and right action portions 131c, and left and right extension portions 131d. The left and right spring portions 131b are distributed to the left and right with respect to one support portion 131a. The left extension 131d extends over one support 131a and the left spring 131b. The extension portion 131d on the right side extends over one support portion 131a and the spring portion 131b on the right side. The acting portion 131c on the left side corresponds to the spring portion 131b on the left side. The working portion 131c on the right side corresponds to the spring portion 131b on the right side. The inner tine 131 is formed in a shape symmetrical with respect to its left-right center C1.
 支持部131aは、支持バー118の上面に載置された状態で支持バー118の外周部にボルト132によって固定されている。支持部131aには、ボルト132が上下方向に通過可能なように、後方に向かって開口する凹部が備えられている。支持バー118には、ボルト132が挿通される孔118aが形成されている。ボルト132は、支持部131aの上方から孔118aに差し込まれている。ボルト132のうち頭部132aと支持部131aとの間の部分には、平座金133が外嵌されている。ボルト132のうち支持バー118から下方に向かって突出している部分には、ナット134が取り付けられている。 The support portion 131a is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 by bolts 132 while being placed on the upper surface of the support bar 118. The support portion 131a is provided with a recess that opens rearward so that the bolt 132 can pass in the vertical direction. The support bar 118 is formed with a hole 118a through which the bolt 132 is inserted. The bolt 132 is inserted into the hole 118a from above the support portion 131a. A flat washer 133 is externally fitted to a portion of the bolt 132 between the head 132a and the support portion 131a. A nut 134 is attached to a portion of the bolt 132 that protrudes downward from the support bar 118.
 第二実施形態では、バネ部131bは、支持バー118に平行な軸心まわりで三重巻きのバネ部によって構成されている。バネ部131bは、支持バー118の前下方に位置している。内側タイン131は、支持バー118の上方から支持バー118の後方を通ってバネ部131bに至る形状に形成されている。作用部131cは、バネ部131bから前下方に向かって延び出て後下方に向かって折れ曲がる形状に形成されている。延設部131dは、支持部131aから支持バー118の後方を通ってバネ部131bに至る形状に形成されている。 In the second embodiment, the spring portion 131b is composed of a triple-wound spring portion around the axis parallel to the support bar 118. The spring portion 131b is located below the front of the support bar 118. The inner tine 131 is formed in a shape that extends from above the support bar 118 to the spring portion 131b through the rear of the support bar 118. The working portion 131c is formed in a shape that extends from the spring portion 131b in the anterior-lower direction and bends in the rear-lower direction. The extension portion 131d is formed in a shape extending from the support portion 131a to the spring portion 131b through the rear of the support bar 118.
〔第二実施形態のカバー部材〕
 図15乃至図18に示されるように、支持バー118には、カバー部材135が取り付けられている。カバー部材135は、複数のタイン119を覆う単一の長尺部材によって構成されている。カバー部材135は、支持バー118の左右両端部に亘る左右長さ(具体的には、複数のタイン119のうち最も左端に位置する外側タイン130と最も右端に位置する外側タイン130とに亘る左右長さ)を有している。カバー部材135には、嵌合部136と、第一カバー部137(本発明に係る『カバー部』に相当)と、第二カバー部138(本発明に係る『ボルトの頭部を覆う部分』に相当)と、が備えられている。嵌合部136は支持バー118の外周部に嵌合する。第一カバー部137は、バネ部131bの後方を通って下方に向けて延ばされ、バネ部131bを後方から覆う。第二カバー部138は、嵌合部136と連続して設けられ、ボルト132の頭部132aを覆う。嵌合部136、第一カバー部137及び第二カバー部138は、夫々、カバー部材135の左右全長に亘って形成されている。
[Cover member of the second embodiment]
As shown in FIGS. 15 to 18, a cover member 135 is attached to the support bar 118. The cover member 135 is composed of a single elongated member that covers the plurality of tines 119. The cover member 135 has a left-right length extending over the left and right ends of the support bar 118 (specifically, left and right extending over the outermost tine 130 located at the leftmost end and the outermost tine 130 located at the rightmost end of the plurality of tines 119. Has a length). The cover member 135 includes a fitting portion 136, a first cover portion 137 (corresponding to the "cover portion" according to the present invention), and a second cover portion 138 (a "part covering the head of the bolt" according to the present invention. (Equivalent to), and are provided. The fitting portion 136 is fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118. The first cover portion 137 is extended downward through the rear of the spring portion 131b and covers the spring portion 131b from the rear. The second cover portion 138 is provided continuously with the fitting portion 136 and covers the head 132a of the bolt 132. The fitting portion 136, the first cover portion 137, and the second cover portion 138 are each formed over the entire left and right sides of the cover member 135.
 嵌合部136は、支持バー118の外周部の形状に沿う円弧形状に形成されている。嵌合部136は、支持バー118の外周部の前部に嵌合している。具体的には、嵌合部136は、支持バー118の外周部のうち孔118aよりも前側部分に嵌合している。嵌合部136の上端部136aは、支持部131aの前端部と支持バー118の外周部との隙間に入り込んでいる。嵌合部136の下端部136bは、ナット134と支持バー118の外周部との隙間に入り込んでいる。 The fitting portion 136 is formed in an arc shape that follows the shape of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118. The fitting portion 136 is fitted to the front portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118. Specifically, the fitting portion 136 is fitted to a portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 on the front side of the hole 118a. The upper end portion 136a of the fitting portion 136 is inserted into the gap between the front end portion of the support portion 131a and the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118. The lower end portion 136b of the fitting portion 136 is inserted into the gap between the nut 134 and the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
 第一カバー部137は、内側タイン131の後部に接触する状態で下方に向けて延ばされている。具体的には、第一カバー部137は、バネ部131bの後部及び延設部131dの後部に接触する状態で、嵌合部136の下端よりも下側でバネ部131bの下端よりも下側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされている。第一カバー部137は、側面視でバネ部131bの後部及び延設部131dの後部に沿って前下がりに傾斜している。 The first cover portion 137 is extended downward in contact with the rear portion of the inner tine 131. Specifically, the first cover portion 137 is in contact with the rear portion of the spring portion 131b and the rear portion of the extension portion 131d, and is below the lower end of the fitting portion 136 and below the lower end of the spring portion 131b. It is extended downward to the height position of. The first cover portion 137 is inclined forward downward along the rear portion of the spring portion 131b and the rear portion of the extension portion 131d in a side view.
 第二カバー部138は、ボルト132の頭部132a及び支持部131aが露出しないように、ボルト132の頭部132a及び支持部131aを覆っている。第二カバー部138は、嵌合部136の上端部と第一カバー部137の上端部とに亘って形成されている。 The second cover portion 138 covers the head 132a and the support portion 131a of the bolt 132 so that the head 132a and the support portion 131a of the bolt 132 are not exposed. The second cover portion 138 is formed over the upper end portion of the fitting portion 136 and the upper end portion of the first cover portion 137.
〔第二実施形態の支持ブラケット〕
 支持バー118のうち左右両端側部分の夫々に支持ブラケット139が取り付けられている。支持ブラケット139は、第一カバー部137のうち嵌合部136の下端よりも下側に位置する下側部分を支持する。すなわち、カバー部材135のうち左右両側における前記下側部分が夫々支持ブラケット139に支持されている。左側の支持ブラケット139は、複数の内側タイン131のうち最も左端に位置する内側タイン131における左右のバネ部131bの間で支持バー118に取り付けられている。右側の支持ブラケット139は、複数の内側タイン131のうち最も右端に位置する内側タイン131における左右のバネ部131bの間で支持バー118に取り付けられている。
[Support bracket of the second embodiment]
Support brackets 139 are attached to the left and right ends of the support bar 118, respectively. The support bracket 139 supports the lower portion of the first cover portion 137 that is located below the lower end of the fitting portion 136. That is, the lower portions of the cover member 135 on both the left and right sides are supported by the support brackets 139, respectively. The left support bracket 139 is attached to the support bar 118 between the left and right spring portions 131b of the inner tine 131 located at the leftmost end of the plurality of inner tines 131. The right support bracket 139 is attached to the support bar 118 between the left and right spring portions 131b of the inner tine 131 located at the rightmost end of the plurality of inner tines 131.
 支持ブラケット139は、折り曲げ形成された板材によって構成されている。支持ブラケット139には、取付部139aと、押さえ部139bと、係合部139c(本発明に係る『第二係合部』に相当)と、が備えられている。 The support bracket 139 is made of a bent plate material. The support bracket 139 includes a mounting portion 139a, a holding portion 139b, and an engaging portion 139c (corresponding to the "second engaging portion" according to the present invention).
 取付部139aには、ボルト132が挿通される孔139dが形成されている。ボルト132のうち取付部139aから下方に向かって突出している部分には、ナット140が取り付けられている。すなわち、支持ブラケット139は、支持部131aとともに支持バー118の外周部にボルト132によって固定されている。 A hole 139d through which the bolt 132 is inserted is formed in the mounting portion 139a. A nut 140 is attached to a portion of the bolt 132 that protrudes downward from the attachment portion 139a. That is, the support bracket 139 is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 together with the support portion 131a by bolts 132.
 押さえ部139bは、取付部139aの前端部から立ち上がる状態で設けられている。押さえ部139bは、側面視(支持バー118の断面視)で嵌合部136を支持バー118とは反対側(前側)から押さえている。押さえ部139bの上端は、側面視で支持バー118の中心X3よりも上側の高さ位置に位置している。 The holding portion 139b is provided so as to stand up from the front end portion of the mounting portion 139a. The pressing portion 139b presses the fitting portion 136 from the side opposite to the supporting bar 118 (front side) in a side view (cross-sectional view of the support bar 118). The upper end of the pressing portion 139b is located at a height position above the center X3 of the support bar 118 in a side view.
 係合部139cは、取付部139aの後端部から垂れ下がる状態で設けられている。ここで、カバー部材135において、第一カバー部137の内面部(バネ部131bに対向する側の面部)には、カバー部材135の左右全長に亘って係合部137a(本発明に係る『第一係合部』に相当)が形成されている。係合部137aは、側面視で溝形状に形成されている。支持ブラケット139の係合部139cがカバー部材135の係合部137aに差し込まれることにより、カバー部材135の係合部137aと支持ブラケット139の係合部139cとが係合している。すなわち、カバー部材135の係合部137aと支持ブラケット139の係合部139cとが係合した状態で、支持ブラケット139が支持バー118の外周部にボルト132によって固定されている。 The engaging portion 139c is provided so as to hang down from the rear end portion of the mounting portion 139a. Here, in the cover member 135, the inner surface portion (the surface portion on the side facing the spring portion 131b) of the first cover portion 137 has an engaging portion 137a (the first one according to the present invention) over the entire left and right sides of the cover member 135. (Equivalent to one engaging part) is formed. The engaging portion 137a is formed in a groove shape in a side view. By inserting the engaging portion 139c of the support bracket 139 into the engaging portion 137a of the cover member 135, the engaging portion 137a of the cover member 135 and the engaging portion 139c of the support bracket 139 are engaged. That is, the support bracket 139 is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 by bolts 132 in a state where the engaging portion 137a of the cover member 135 and the engaging portion 139c of the support bracket 139 are engaged.
〔第二実施形態の別実施形態〕
(2-1)上述の第二実施形態では、内側タイン131に、一の支持部131aと、左右のバネ部131bと、左右の延設部131dと、左右の作用部131cと、が備えられている。しかし、内側タイン131は、一の支持部131aと、一のバネ部131bと、一の作用部131cと、を備える構成であってもよい。
[Another Embodiment of the Second Embodiment]
(2-1) In the second embodiment described above, the inner tine 131 is provided with one support portion 131a, left and right spring portions 131b, left and right extension portions 131d, and left and right action portions 131c. ing. However, the inner tine 131 may be configured to include one support portion 131a, one spring portion 131b, and one action portion 131c.
(2-2)上述の第二実施形態では、バネ部131bは、三重巻きのバネ部によって構成されている。しかし、バネ部131bは、二重巻きまたは一重巻きのバネ部によって構成されていてもよい。 (2-2) In the second embodiment described above, the spring portion 131b is composed of a triple-wound spring portion. However, the spring portion 131b may be composed of a double-wound or single-wound spring portion.
(2-3)上述の第二実施形態では、カバー部材135に、第二カバー部138が備えられている。しかし、カバー部材135に、第二カバー部138が備えられていなくてもよい。 (2-3) In the second embodiment described above, the cover member 135 is provided with the second cover portion 138. However, the cover member 135 may not be provided with the second cover portion 138.
(2-4)上述の第二実施形態では、内側タイン131は、支持バー118の後方を通ってバネ部131bに至る形状に形成されている。しかし、内側タイン131は、支持バー118の前方を通ってバネ部131bに至る形状に形成されていてもよい。 (2-4) In the second embodiment described above, the inner tine 131 is formed in a shape that passes behind the support bar 118 and reaches the spring portion 131b. However, the inner tine 131 may be formed in a shape that passes in front of the support bar 118 and reaches the spring portion 131b.
(2-5)上述の第二実施形態では、嵌合部136は、支持バー118の外周部の前部に嵌合している。しかし、嵌合部136は、支持バー118の外周部の後部、上部または下部に嵌合していてもよい。 (2-5) In the second embodiment described above, the fitting portion 136 is fitted to the front portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118. However, the fitting portion 136 may be fitted to the rear portion, the upper portion, or the lower portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118.
(2-6)上述の第二実施形態では、第一カバー部137は、内側タイン131(バネ部131b)の後部に接触する状態で下方に向けて延ばされている。しかし、第一カバー部137は、内側タイン131(バネ部131b)の前部に接触する状態で下方に向けて延ばされていてもよい。 (2-6) In the second embodiment described above, the first cover portion 137 is extended downward in contact with the rear portion of the inner tine 131 (spring portion 131b). However, the first cover portion 137 may be extended downward in contact with the front portion of the inner tine 131 (spring portion 131b).
(2-7)上述の第二実施形態では、第一カバー部137は、バネ部131bの下端よりも下側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされている。しかし、第一カバー部137は、バネ部131bの下端よりも下側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされていなくてもよい。例えば、第一カバー部137は、バネ部131bの下端よりも上側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされていてもよい。あるいは、第一カバー部137は、バネ部131bの下端と同じ高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされていてもよい。 (2-7) In the second embodiment described above, the first cover portion 137 is extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the spring portion 131b. However, the first cover portion 137 does not have to be extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the spring portion 131b. For example, the first cover portion 137 may be extended downward to a height position above the lower end of the spring portion 131b. Alternatively, the first cover portion 137 may be extended downward to the same height position as the lower end of the spring portion 131b.
(2-8)上述の第二実施形態では、支持ブラケット139は、内側タイン131と共通のボルト132によって支持バー118の外周部に固定されている。しかし、支持ブラケット139は、ボルト132とは別のボルトによって支持バー118の外周部に固定されていてもよい。 (2-8) In the second embodiment described above, the support bracket 139 is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 by a bolt 132 common to the inner tine 131. However, the support bracket 139 may be fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 by a bolt different from the bolt 132.
(2-9)上述の第二実施形態では、支持ブラケット139は、一の内側タイン131における左右のバネ部131bの間で支持バー118に取り付けられている。しかし、支持ブラケット139は、隣り合う内側タイン131の間で支持バー118に取り付けられていてもよい。 (2-9) In the second embodiment described above, the support bracket 139 is attached to the support bar 118 between the left and right spring portions 131b in one inner tine 131. However, the support bracket 139 may be attached to the support bar 118 between adjacent inner tines 131.
(2-10)上述の第二実施形態では、カバー部材135の係合部137aと支持ブラケット139の係合部139cとが係合した状態で、支持ブラケット139が支持バー118の外周部にボルト132によって固定されている。しかし、カバー部材135及び支持ブラケット139に、夫々、係合部137a及び係合部139cが備えられていなくてもよい。 (2-10) In the second embodiment described above, the support bracket 139 is bolted to the outer peripheral portion of the support bar 118 in a state where the engaging portion 137a of the cover member 135 and the engaging portion 139c of the support bracket 139 are engaged. It is fixed by 132. However, the cover member 135 and the support bracket 139 may not be provided with the engaging portion 137a and the engaging portion 139, respectively.
(2-11)上述の第二実施形態では、支持ブラケット139に、押さえ部139bが備えられている。しかし、支持ブラケット139に、押さえ部139bが備えられていなくてもよい。この場合、例えば、カバー部材135に、前後二分割のカバー部材をカバー部材135の上方から被せて、当該カバー部材を前後方向に締め付けることにより、カバー部材135が支持バー118から外れないようにしてもよい。 (2-11) In the second embodiment described above, the support bracket 139 is provided with a holding portion 139b. However, the support bracket 139 may not be provided with the holding portion 139b. In this case, for example, the cover member 135 is covered with a cover member divided into two front and rear parts from above the cover member 135, and the cover member is tightened in the front-rear direction so that the cover member 135 does not come off from the support bar 118. May be good.
(2-12)上述の第二実施形態では、支持ブラケット139が設けられている。しかし、支持ブラケット139が設けられていなくてもよい。 (2-12) In the second embodiment described above, the support bracket 139 is provided. However, the support bracket 139 may not be provided.
(2-13)上述の第二実施形態では、カバー部材135のうち左右両側における前記下側部分が夫々支持ブラケット139に支持されている。しかし、これに代えて、あるいは、これとともに、カバー部材135のうち左右中央部における前記下側部分が支持ブラケット139に支持されていてもよい。 (2-13) In the second embodiment described above, the lower portions of the cover member 135 on both the left and right sides are supported by the support brackets 139, respectively. However, instead of, or together with this, the lower portion of the cover member 135 at the left and right central portions may be supported by the support bracket 139.
(2-14)上述の第二実施形態では、カバー部材135は、複数のタイン119を覆う単一の長尺部材によって構成されている。しかし、カバー部材135は、二つ以上の部材に左右分割可能に構成されていてもよい。 (2-14) In the second embodiment described above, the cover member 135 is composed of a single elongated member covering a plurality of tines 119. However, the cover member 135 may be configured so as to be split into two or more members.
 なお、上述の第二実施形態(第二実施形態の別実施形態を含む、以下同じ)で開示される構成は、矛盾が生じない限り、他の実施形態で開示される構成と組み合わせて適用することが可能である。また、本明細書において開示された第二実施形態は例示であって、本発明はこれに限定されず、本発明の目的を逸脱しない範囲内で適宜改変することが可能である。第二実施形態に開示された発明は、全稈投入型コンバインの他、トウモロコシ収穫機にも利用可能である。 It should be noted that the configuration disclosed in the above-mentioned second embodiment (including another embodiment of the second embodiment, the same shall apply hereinafter) is applied in combination with the configuration disclosed in the other embodiment as long as there is no contradiction. It is possible. Further, the second embodiment disclosed in the present specification is an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and can be appropriately modified without departing from the object of the present invention. The invention disclosed in the second embodiment can be used for a corn harvester as well as a whole culm harvester.
〔第三実施形態〕
 以下、本発明に係る作業機の第三実施形態を、図19乃至図28に基づいて説明する。第三実施形態は、上述の〔第三課題〕を解決するための本発明の一例を示すものである。
[Third Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the working machine according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 to 28. The third embodiment shows an example of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned [third problem].
〔第三実施形態の全体構成〕
 図19に、普通型コンバインが示される。このコンバインの走行機体には、機体フレーム201とクローラ走行装置202とが備えられている。走行機体の前方には、圃場の植立穀稈を収穫する収穫部203が設けられている。収穫部203には、植立穀稈を掻き込む掻込みリール204と、植立穀稈を切断する刈刃205と、刈取穀稈を刈幅方向に横送りして寄せ集めて後方に送り出すオーガ206と、が備えられている。
[Overall configuration of the third embodiment]
FIG. 19 shows a conventional combine harvester. The traveling body of this combine is provided with a body frame 201 and a crawler traveling device 202. In front of the traveling machine, a harvesting section 203 for harvesting planted culms in the field is provided. In the harvesting section 203, a scraping reel 204 for scraping the planted culms, a cutting blade 205 for cutting the planted culms, and an auger for laterally feeding the harvested culms in the cutting width direction, gathering them, and sending them backward. 206 and are provided.
 収穫部203の後方に運転部207が設けられている。運転部207はキャビン208にて覆われている。運転部207の後方に、脱穀処理して得られた穀粒を貯留する穀粒タンク209が備えられている。刈取穀稈の全稈を脱穀処理する脱穀装置210が穀粒タンク209と横並び状態で備えられている。穀粒タンク209は、穀粒タンク209の後部で上下方向に延びる軸芯Y1まわりにおいて、右側に張り出す開位置と運転部207の後隣りに位置する閉位置とに亘って回動可能に構成されている。収穫部203と脱穀装置210とに亘って、刈取穀稈の全稈を脱穀装置210に向けて搬送するフィーダ211が備えられている。運転部207には、運転座席212と、各種の操作具を備えた操作パネル213とが備えられている。運転部207の下方に原動部215が備えられている。 A driving unit 207 is provided behind the harvesting unit 203. The driving unit 207 is covered with the cabin 208. A grain tank 209 for storing grains obtained by threshing is provided behind the driving unit 207. A threshing device 210 for threshing all the culms of the harvested culms is provided side by side with the grain tank 209. The grain tank 209 is configured to be rotatable around an axial core Y1 extending in the vertical direction at the rear of the grain tank 209, over an open position overhanging to the right and a closed position located next to the rear of the operation unit 207. Has been done. A feeder 211 is provided across the harvesting section 203 and the threshing device 210 to transport all the culms of the harvested culms toward the threshing device 210. The driver unit 207 is provided with a driver's seat 212 and an operation panel 213 provided with various operation tools. A driving unit 215 is provided below the operating unit 207.
〔第三実施形態の原動部〕
 図21~図24に示されるように、原動部215は、エンジン216と、エンジン冷却用のラジエータ217と、冷却ファン218と、ファンシュラウド219と、等が備えられている。ラジエータ217はエンジン216を冷却し、冷却ファン218は外気を引き込んでラジエータ217を冷却する。ファンシュラウド219は、ラジエータ217から冷却ファン218へ外気を導く。
[Moving unit of the third embodiment]
As shown in FIGS. 21 to 24, the driving unit 215 includes an engine 216, a radiator 217 for cooling the engine, a cooling fan 218, a fan shroud 219, and the like. The radiator 217 cools the engine 216, and the cooling fan 218 draws in outside air to cool the radiator 217. The fan shroud 219 guides outside air from the radiator 217 to the cooling fan 218.
 図20,22に示されるようにエンジンボンネット221が備えられ、エンジンボンネット221は、エンジン216の上方を覆ってエンジンルーム220を形成する。エンジンボンネット221は、運転座席212を下側から支持し、かつ、横外方に向けて開放されている。ラジエータ217は、エンジンルーム220において、エンジン216の横外側に設けられている。冷却ファン218は、エンジンルーム220において、ラジエータ217の横内側に設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 22, an engine bonnet 221 is provided, and the engine bonnet 221 covers the upper part of the engine 216 to form an engine room 220. The engine bonnet 221 supports the driver's seat 212 from below and is open to the outside. The radiator 217 is provided on the lateral side of the engine 216 in the engine room 220. The cooling fan 218 is provided on the lateral inside of the radiator 217 in the engine room 220.
 エンジンルーム220の機体横外側は、ラジエータ217に対して機体外側に位置する防塵ケース222によって覆われている。防塵ケース222の横外側面に防塵網223が備えられ、防塵網223は通気性を有するとともに塵埃の通過を阻止する。 The lateral outside of the engine room 220 is covered with a dustproof case 222 located on the outside of the fuselage with respect to the radiator 217. A dust net 223 is provided on the lateral outer surface of the dust case 222, and the dust net 223 is breathable and blocks the passage of dust.
 防塵ケース222の後端部は、ヒンジ224を介して縦軸芯Y2まわりで揺動可能に支持枠225に支持されている。支持枠225は、防塵ケース222の外周部に略沿うように枠状に形成され、ラジエータフレーム226に固定されている。防塵ケース222は、縦軸芯Y2まわりで揺動することにより、エンジンルーム220の機体外側を覆う閉じ姿勢と、エンジンルーム220の機体外側を開放する開き姿勢(図20の仮想線参照)とに亘って揺動可能である。 The rear end of the dustproof case 222 is supported by the support frame 225 so as to be swingable around the vertical axis core Y2 via the hinge 224. The support frame 225 is formed in a frame shape so as to substantially follow the outer peripheral portion of the dustproof case 222, and is fixed to the radiator frame 226. The dustproof case 222 swings around the vertical axis core Y2 to be in a closed posture that covers the outside of the engine room 220 and an open posture that opens the outside of the engine room 220 (see the virtual line in FIG. 20). It can swing over.
 冷却ファン218は閉じ姿勢の防塵ケース222を通して外気を引き込んでラジエータ217を冷却する。ラジエータ217と冷却ファン218との間にファンシュラウド219が備えられ、ファンシュラウド219は、冷却ファン218による冷却風が効率よくラジエータ217を通過するように外気を案内する。ファンシュラウド219は、冷却ファン218とラジエータ217との間の吸気用空間の外周を囲う状態で冷却ファン218とラジエータ217とに亘るように設けられている。 The cooling fan 218 draws in outside air through the dustproof case 222 in the closed position to cool the radiator 217. A fan shroud 219 is provided between the radiator 217 and the cooling fan 218, and the fan shroud 219 guides the outside air so that the cooling air from the cooling fan 218 efficiently passes through the radiator 217. The fan shroud 219 is provided so as to extend over the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217 in a state of surrounding the outer periphery of the intake space between the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217.
 図示はしていないが、エンジン216の動力を冷却ファン218に伝達する伝動機構には、冷却ファン218の回転方向を正逆に切り換え可能な回転方向切換機構が備えられている。正転状態では、冷却ファン218は防塵ケース222を通して外気を引き込んでラジエータ217を冷却する。逆転状態では、冷却ファン218は横外方に向けて風を送り、防塵ケース222の防塵網223に付着した塵埃を吹き飛ばすことができる。冷却ファン218の逆転動作が繰り返し行われると、ラジエータ217の機体内側に塵埃が付着堆積することがある。 Although not shown, the transmission mechanism that transmits the power of the engine 216 to the cooling fan 218 is provided with a rotation direction switching mechanism that can switch the rotation direction of the cooling fan 218 in the forward and reverse directions. In the normal rotation state, the cooling fan 218 draws in outside air through the dustproof case 222 to cool the radiator 217. In the reverse state, the cooling fan 218 can blow the wind toward the lateral outside to blow off the dust adhering to the dust net 223 of the dustproof case 222. When the reverse operation of the cooling fan 218 is repeatedly performed, dust may adhere and accumulate on the inside of the radiator 217.
 ラジエータ217は、側面視で矩形状の冷却面217Aを有しており、防塵ケース222を介して冷却ファン218により引き込まれた外気が冷却面217Aを通過して冷却作用を発揮する。ラジエータ217の冷却面217Aの近傍には、冷却風を利用してエンジン216に対する燃焼用空気を冷却するインタークーラ229が備えられている。 The radiator 217 has a rectangular cooling surface 217A in a side view, and the outside air drawn by the cooling fan 218 via the dustproof case 222 passes through the cooling surface 217A and exerts a cooling action. In the vicinity of the cooling surface 217A of the radiator 217, an intercooler 229 that cools the combustion air for the engine 216 by using the cooling air is provided.
 図21,22に示されるように、運転座席212の後方に備えられたエアクリーナ230の排気口231と、エンジン216の上部に設けられた過給機232における圧縮部232aの吸引口と、が過給機吸引パイプ233を介して接続されている。図22,23に示されるように、過給機232における圧縮部232aの吐出口と、インタークーラ229の導入口229aと、が供給パイプ234を介して接続されている。インタークーラ229の送出口229bと、エンジン216の吸気部と、がエンジン吸引パイプ235を介して接続されている。過給機232におけるタービン部232bの吸引部がエンジン216の排気マニホールド237に接続され、過給機232におけるタービン部232bの排出部に排気管238が接続されている。 As shown in FIGS. 21 and 22, the exhaust port 231 of the air cleaner 230 provided behind the driver's seat 212 and the suction port of the compression unit 232a in the supercharger 232 provided on the upper part of the engine 216 are excessive. It is connected via the turbocharger suction pipe 233. As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, the discharge port of the compression unit 232a in the turbocharger 232 and the introduction port 229a of the intercooler 229 are connected via the supply pipe 234. The inlet 229b of the intercooler 229 and the intake portion of the engine 216 are connected via an engine suction pipe 235. The suction portion of the turbine portion 232b of the turbocharger 232 is connected to the exhaust manifold 237 of the engine 216, and the exhaust pipe 238 is connected to the exhaust portion of the turbine portion 232b of the turbocharger 232.
 エンジン216の上部には、エンジン216の排気に含まれるディーゼル微粒子を捕集フィルター(図示せず)によって減少させるように排ガスの浄化処理を行う排ガス浄化装置239が備えられている。排ガス浄化装置239の前部は、側面視L字形の支持ブラケット240を介して、排気管238に備えられた連結フランジ241に支持されている。 The upper part of the engine 216 is provided with an exhaust gas purification device 239 that purifies the exhaust gas so as to reduce the diesel particulates contained in the exhaust of the engine 216 by a collection filter (not shown). The front portion of the exhaust gas purification device 239 is supported by a connecting flange 241 provided on the exhaust pipe 238 via an L-shaped support bracket 240 in a side view.
 支持ブラケット240によって、供給パイプ234の過給機232に対する接続箇所が位置保持される。図28に示されるように、支持ブラケット240の右側端部に、前後方向に沿う取付板242が一体的に設けられている。供給パイプ234を挟み込んで保持する保持部材243の両側が取付板242にボルト連結されている。保持部材243によって供給パイプ234を把持して、摩擦力にて供給パイプ234が抜け外れしないように保持している。 The support bracket 240 holds the position of the connection point of the supply pipe 234 to the turbocharger 232. As shown in FIG. 28, a mounting plate 242 along the front-rear direction is integrally provided at the right end of the support bracket 240. Both sides of the holding member 243 that sandwiches and holds the supply pipe 234 are bolted to the mounting plate 242. The supply pipe 234 is gripped by the holding member 243 and is held so that the supply pipe 234 does not come off due to frictional force.
 ラジエータ217の支持構造について説明する。図21~図25に示されるように、ラジエータ217は、支持フレームとしてのラジエータフレーム226に支持されている。ラジエータフレーム226は、ラジエータ217と防塵ケース222との間の吸気用空間を覆い、防塵ケース222を通過した外気が冷却面217Aに案内されるように、ラジエータ217の外周に沿う四方枠状に形成されている。すなわち、ラジエータフレーム226は、図25に示されるように、下部の枠状部245、前後両側の枠状部246,247、及び、上部の枠状部248を有して、ラジエータ217の外周に沿うように側面視で矩形状に設けられている。このラジエータフレーム226は、底部が機体フレーム201に支持されている。 The support structure of the radiator 217 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 21 to 25, the radiator 217 is supported by the radiator frame 226 as a support frame. The radiator frame 226 covers the intake space between the radiator 217 and the dustproof case 222, and is formed in a square frame shape along the outer periphery of the radiator 217 so that the outside air passing through the dustproof case 222 is guided to the cooling surface 217A. Has been done. That is, as shown in FIG. 25, the radiator frame 226 has a lower frame-shaped portion 245, front and rear frame-shaped portions 246 and 247, and an upper frame-shaped portion 248 on the outer periphery of the radiator 217. It is provided in a rectangular shape in a side view along the line. The bottom of the radiator frame 226 is supported by the airframe frame 201.
 ラジエータフレーム226に載置支持部249が備えられ、載置支持部249は、下部の枠状部245から機体横内側に向けて突出する。載置支持部249は、前後方向に長く左右方向に幅狭の水平姿勢の板状体によって構成されている。載置支持部249の前端部に受止め部250が設けられ、受止め部250は、載置支持部249に載置されたラジエータ217が前方に抜け外れるのを阻止する。載置支持部249の後端部に受止め阻止する部材は設けられず、載置支持部249の後端部は開放されている。従って、作業者はラジエータ217を後方に抜き外すことができる。載置支持部249の後端部の下側に補強リブ251が備えられている。 The radiator frame 226 is provided with a mounting support portion 249, and the mounting support portion 249 protrudes from the lower frame-shaped portion 245 toward the lateral inside of the machine body. The mounting support portion 249 is composed of a plate-like body having a horizontal posture that is long in the front-rear direction and narrow in the left-right direction. A receiving portion 250 is provided at the front end portion of the mounting support portion 249, and the receiving portion 250 prevents the radiator 217 mounted on the mounting support portion 249 from coming off forward. The rear end portion of the mounting support portion 249 is not provided with a member for receiving and blocking, and the rear end portion of the mounting support portion 249 is open. Therefore, the operator can pull out the radiator 217 rearward. A reinforcing rib 251 is provided on the lower side of the rear end portion of the mounting support portion 249.
 図24,25に示されるように、載置支持部249に二箇所の係合孔253が形成されている。二個の係止ピン252が、ラジエータ217の下部から前後2箇所にて下方に突出する。二個の係止ピン252の夫々が係合孔253に入り込んでラジエータ217の位置ずれが阻止されることによって、ラジエータ217は載置支持部249に載置支持される。そして、ラジエータ217の上部が、前後2箇所において、連結ブラケット254を介してラジエータフレーム226の上部の枠状部246に連結されている。 As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, two engaging holes 253 are formed in the mounting support portion 249. The two locking pins 252 project downward from the lower part of the radiator 217 at two front and rear positions. The radiator 217 is mounted and supported on the mounting support portion 249 by each of the two locking pins 252 entering the engaging hole 253 to prevent the radiator 217 from being displaced. The upper part of the radiator 217 is connected to the upper frame-shaped portion 246 of the radiator frame 226 via the connecting bracket 254 at two front and rear positions.
 図21に示されるように、ラジエータ217を後方に抜き外し可能なように、エンジンルーム220の後部に大型の開口255が形成されている。作業者がメンテナンス作業のためにラジエータ217を取り外す際には、図20に仮想線で示されるように、載置支持部249に支持されるラジエータ217を、エンジンルーム220の後部の開口255から後方に向けてスライドさせることができる。このとき、ラジエータ217は載置支持部249の上面を冷却面217Aに沿って後方へスライド移動する。作業者がラジエータ217を取り外す場合、予め、穀粒タンク209を開位置に開放させ、冷却水循環用のパイプ256を取り外し、連結ブラケット254の連結を解除しておく必要がある。また、作業者は、係止ピン252と係合孔253との係合を解除した状態で、ラジエータ217を載置支持部249に対して摺動させながら移動させる。 As shown in FIG. 21, a large opening 255 is formed at the rear of the engine room 220 so that the radiator 217 can be pulled out and removed rearward. When the operator removes the radiator 217 for maintenance work, the radiator 217 supported by the mounting support 249 is rearwarded from the rear opening 255 of the engine room 220, as shown by a virtual line in FIG. Can be slid towards. At this time, the radiator 217 slides backward along the cooling surface 217A on the upper surface of the mounting support portion 249. When the operator removes the radiator 217, it is necessary to open the grain tank 209 to the open position, remove the cooling water circulation pipe 256, and disconnect the connecting bracket 254 in advance. Further, the operator moves the radiator 217 while sliding it with respect to the mounting support portion 249 in a state where the locking pin 252 and the engaging hole 253 are disengaged.
 図24,25に示されるように、ラジエータフレーム226における下部の枠状部245に、上下に貫通する開口としての清掃口257が形成され、清掃口257を開閉可能な蓋体258が備えられている。枠状部245は、左右方向外方側に防塵ケース222の支持枠225を固定するための縦面部245aと、左右方向内内側には載置支持部249を固定するための縦面部245bと、を有し、前後方向視で断面U字状に形成されている。従って、下部の枠状部245の内部に塵埃が堆積すると清掃し難い。そこで、清掃口257によって塵埃の除去が可能な構成となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the lower frame-shaped portion 245 of the radiator frame 226 is provided with a cleaning port 257 as an opening that penetrates vertically, and a lid 258 that can open and close the cleaning port 257. There is. The frame-shaped portion 245 includes a vertical surface portion 245a for fixing the support frame 225 of the dustproof case 222 on the outer side in the left-right direction, and a vertical surface portion 245b for fixing the mounting support portion 249 on the inner and inner sides in the left-right direction. It has a U-shaped cross section when viewed in the anteroposterior direction. Therefore, if dust accumulates inside the lower frame-shaped portion 245, it is difficult to clean it. Therefore, the cleaning port 257 is configured to remove dust.
 図26に示されるように、蓋体258は、後端部に備えられた二股状の差し込み部259を清掃口257の後端の内縁に差し込み係合し、かつ、蓋体258の前後中央部と前端部とを、下部の枠状部245の清掃口257の周縁部にボルト連結する。作業者は、ボルト連結を解除すると、蓋体258を容易に取り外すことができる。 As shown in FIG. 26, the lid body 258 inserts and engages the bifurcated insertion portion 259 provided at the rear end portion with the inner edge of the rear end of the cleaning port 257, and also engages with the front-rear central portion of the lid body 258. And the front end portion are bolted to the peripheral edge portion of the cleaning port 257 of the lower frame-shaped portion 245. The operator can easily remove the lid 258 by releasing the bolt connection.
 次に、ファンシュラウド219について説明する。ファンシュラウド219は、冷却ファン218とラジエータ217との間の吸気用空間の外周を囲う状態で冷却ファン218とラジエータ217とに亘るように設けられている。図25,27に示されるように、ファンシュラウド219は、吸気用空間の上側を覆う上側部分219a、吸気用空間の下側を覆う下側部分219b、吸気用空間の後側を覆う後側部分219c、吸気用空間の前側を覆う前側部分219d、及び、吸気用空間の左側(冷却ファン218側)の側面を覆う縦壁部分219eを備えている。後側はラジエータ217の抜き出し方向手前側に対応しており、後側部分219cは、吸気用空間の抜き外し方向の手前側を覆う『手前側部分』に相当する。前側部分219dは、吸気用空間の抜き外し方向の奥側を覆う『奥側部分』に相当する。 Next, the fan shroud 219 will be described. The fan shroud 219 is provided so as to extend over the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217 in a state of surrounding the outer periphery of the intake space between the cooling fan 218 and the radiator 217. As shown in FIGS. 25 and 27, the fan shroud 219 has an upper portion 219a covering the upper side of the intake space, a lower portion 219b covering the lower side of the intake space, and a rear portion covering the rear side of the intake space. It includes a 219c, a front side portion 219d that covers the front side of the intake space, and a vertical wall portion 219e that covers the side surface on the left side (cooling fan 218 side) of the intake space. The rear side corresponds to the front side in the extraction direction of the radiator 217, and the rear side portion 219c corresponds to the "front side portion" that covers the front side in the extraction direction of the intake space. The front side portion 219d corresponds to the "back side portion" that covers the back side of the intake space in the removal direction.
 上側部分219aは水平姿勢に設けられている。下側部分219bは、左側に向かうほど上側に位置する傾斜姿勢に設けられている。後側部分219cは、左側に向かうほど前側に位置する傾斜姿勢に設けられている。前側部分219dは、左側に向かうほど後側に位置する傾斜姿勢に設けられている。ファンシュラウド219の右側端部がラジエータ217の外周部を囲う矩形状に形成され、前後方向並びに上下方向に沿って、ファンシュラウド219で囲われる吸気用空間は、左側(冷却ファン218側)に向かうほど順次、幅狭になっている。このように構成することで、吸気用空間内を通過する冷却風が良好に冷却ファン218側に案内される。 The upper portion 219a is provided in a horizontal posture. The lower portion 219b is provided in an inclined posture which is located on the upper side toward the left side. The rear side portion 219c is provided in an inclined posture which is located on the front side toward the left side. The front side portion 219d is provided in an inclined posture which is located on the rear side toward the left side. The right end of the fan shroud 219 is formed in a rectangular shape surrounding the outer periphery of the radiator 217, and the intake space surrounded by the fan shroud 219 faces the left side (cooling fan 218 side) along the front-rear direction and the vertical direction. The width is getting narrower. With this configuration, the cooling air passing through the intake space is satisfactorily guided to the cooling fan 218 side.
 縦壁部分219eに、冷却ファン218による吸気が行われる吸気用開口260が形成されている。吸気用開口260は円形であって、かつ、縦壁部分219eの略上下幅全幅に近い大径に形成されている。吸気用開口260の内縁部には、冷却ファン218側に突出する周壁部261が形成されている。冷却ファン218が、周壁部261に入り込む状態で備えられている。吸気用開口260は、防塵ケース222の横内側に形成された『開口部』に相当する。 The vertical wall portion 219e is formed with an intake opening 260 in which intake is performed by the cooling fan 218. The intake opening 260 is circular and is formed to have a large diameter close to the substantially vertical width of the vertical wall portion 219e. A peripheral wall portion 261 projecting toward the cooling fan 218 is formed at the inner edge portion of the intake opening 260. The cooling fan 218 is provided so as to enter the peripheral wall portion 261. The intake opening 260 corresponds to an "opening" formed on the lateral inner side of the dustproof case 222.
 説明を加えると、ファンシュラウド219のうちの縦壁部分219eが、略左右中央位置において、左側に位置する左側縦壁部分219e1と、右側に位置する右側縦壁部分219e2とに分割されている。左側縦壁部分219e1は、抜き外し方向の手前側に位置する『手前側縦壁部分』に相当する。また、右側縦壁部分219e2は、抜き外し方向の奥側に位置する『奥側縦壁部分』に相当する。 To add an explanation, the vertical wall portion 219e of the fan shroud 219 is divided into a left vertical wall portion 219e1 located on the left side and a right vertical wall portion 219e2 located on the right side at substantially the center position on the left and right. The left vertical wall portion 219e1 corresponds to the "front vertical wall portion" located on the front side in the removal direction. Further, the right vertical wall portion 219e2 corresponds to the "back side vertical wall portion" located on the back side in the removal direction.
 ファンシュラウド219のうちの、上側部分219a、下側部分219b、及び、後側部分219cが一体形成されている。そして、一体形成されている上側部分219a、下側部分219b、及び、後側部分219cに対して、左側縦壁部分219e1がネジ止め固定されている。右側縦壁部分219e2と前側部分219dとが一体形成されている。 Of the fan shroud 219, the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b, and the rear portion 219c are integrally formed. The left vertical wall portion 219e1 is screwed and fixed to the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b, and the rear portion 219c that are integrally formed. The right vertical wall portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d are integrally formed.
 従って、ファンシュラウド219は、上側部分219a、下側部分219b、後側部分219c、及び、固定された左側縦壁部分219e1によって一部の分割体B1が構成され、一体形成されている右側縦壁部分219e2と前側部分219dとによって他の分割体B2が構成されており、周方向に2つの分割体B1,B2に分割可能に構成されている。 Therefore, in the fan shroud 219, a part of the divided body B1 is formed by the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b, the rear side portion 219c, and the fixed left vertical wall portion 219e1, and the right vertical wall is integrally formed. The other divided body B2 is composed of the portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d, and is configured to be divisible into two divided bodies B1 and B2 in the circumferential direction.
 周壁部261のうちの左側縦壁部分219e1と右側縦壁部分219e2との境界262の上下2箇所に、ボルト連結が可能なフランジ連結部263が形成されている。フランジ連結部263は、前後方向に突き合わせて前後方向に沿ってボルト連結並びに連結解除可能に構成されている。なお、図示はしていないが、2つの分割体B1,B2が重なり合う箇所は、複数のビスによって固定する構成となっている。この複数のビスも取り外し可能である。 Flange connecting portions 263 capable of bolt connection are formed at two locations above and below the boundary 262 between the left vertical wall portion 219e1 and the right vertical wall portion 219e2 of the peripheral wall portion 261. The flange connecting portion 263 is configured to be abutted in the front-rear direction so that bolts can be connected and disconnected along the front-rear direction. Although not shown, the portion where the two divided bodies B1 and B2 overlap is fixed by a plurality of screws. These multiple screws are also removable.
 一部の分割体B1がラジエータ217に支持され、他の分割体B2がラジエータ217と分離している。上側部分219aにおける上面及び下側部分219bにおける下面の夫々に、前後方向に間隔をあけて取付ブラケット264が備えられている。ファンシュラウド219が適正装着位置にある状態で、各取付ブラケット264がラジエータ217に設けられた取付部265にボルトで連結される。他の分割体B2は、ラジエータ217とは分離しているが、ラジエータ217に取り付けられた一部の分割体B1に対して上下のフランジ連結部263にて連結することができる。 A part of the split body B1 is supported by the radiator 217, and the other split body B2 is separated from the radiator 217. Mounting brackets 264 are provided on the upper surface of the upper portion 219a and the lower surface of the lower portion 219b at intervals in the front-rear direction. With the fan shroud 219 in the proper mounting position, each mounting bracket 264 is bolted to a mounting portion 265 provided on the radiator 217. Although the other split body B2 is separated from the radiator 217, it can be connected to a part of the split body B1 attached to the radiator 217 by the upper and lower flange connecting portions 263.
 一部の分割体B1は、一体的にラジエータ217の抜き外し方向に沿って後方に抜き外し可能である。一部の分割体B1を抜き外すときは、上下2箇所のフランジ連結部263による連結を解除すると、他の分割体B2は、支持されるものがないので、その場で横倒れする。そして、一部の分割体B1は、冷却ファン218に干渉することなく後方に抜き外し可能である。作業者は、ラジエータ217を抜き外すときに、一部の分割体B1も同時に抜き外すことができる。また、作業者は、一部の分割体B1とラジエータ217との連結を解除していれば、一部の分割体B1だけを取り外すこともできる。 A part of the split body B1 can be integrally removed rearward along the removal direction of the radiator 217. When removing a part of the divided body B1, if the connection by the flange connecting portions 263 at the upper and lower two positions is released, the other divided body B2 falls sideways on the spot because there is nothing to be supported. Then, a part of the divided body B1 can be removed and removed rearward without interfering with the cooling fan 218. When the radiator 217 is removed, the operator can also remove a part of the divided body B1 at the same time. Further, the operator can remove only a part of the divided body B1 if the connection between the part of the divided body B1 and the radiator 217 is released.
〔第三実施形態の別実施形態〕
 本発明は、上述の第三実施形態に例示された構成に限定されるものではなく、以下、本発明の代表的な別実施形態を例示する。
[Another Embodiment of the Third Embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to the configuration exemplified in the above-mentioned third embodiment, and the following, typical alternative embodiments of the present invention will be exemplified.
(3-1)上述の第三実施形態では、左側縦壁部分219e1がネジ止め固定される構成としたが、左側縦壁部分219e1が、上側部分219a、下側部分219b及び後側部分219cとともに一体形成されるものでもよい。 (3-1) In the third embodiment described above, the left vertical wall portion 219e1 is screwed and fixed, but the left vertical wall portion 219e1 is together with the upper portion 219a, the lower portion 219b and the rear portion 219c. It may be integrally formed.
(3-2)上述の第三実施形態では、右側縦壁部分219e2と前側部分219dとが一体形成される構成としたが、この構成に代えて、右側縦壁部分219e2と前側部分219dとが取り外し可能に連結されるものでもよい。 (3-2) In the third embodiment described above, the right vertical wall portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d are integrally formed, but instead of this configuration, the right vertical wall portion 219e2 and the front side portion 219d are formed. It may be detachably connected.
(3-3)上述の第三実施形態では、他の分割体B2がラジエータ217と分離している構成としたが、この構成に代えて、他の分割体B2がラジエータ217に支持される構成としてもよい。 (3-3) In the third embodiment described above, the other split body B2 is separated from the radiator 217, but instead of this configuration, the other split body B2 is supported by the radiator 217. May be.
(3-4)上述の第三実施形態では、ファンシュラウド219が一部の分割体B1と他の分割体B2とに2分割される構成としたが、この構成に代えて、3つ以上の分割体に分割される構成としてもよい。 (3-4) In the third embodiment described above, the fan shroud 219 is divided into two parts, a part B1 and another B2, but instead of this structure, three or more parts are used. It may be configured to be divided into divided bodies.
(3-5)上述の第三実施形態では、下部の枠状部245に上下に貫通する清掃口257(開口)が形成される構成としたが、この構成に代えて、清掃口257が形成されない構成としてもよい。 (3-5) In the third embodiment described above, the cleaning port 257 (opening) penetrating vertically is formed in the lower frame-shaped portion 245, but instead of this configuration, the cleaning port 257 is formed. It may be configured not to be used.
 なお、上述の第三実施形態(第三実施形態の別実施形態を含む、以下同じ)で開示される構成は、矛盾が生じない限り、他の実施形態で開示される構成と組み合わせて適用することが可能である。また、本明細書において開示された第三実施形態は例示であって、本発明はこれに限定されず、本発明の目的を逸脱しない範囲内で適宜改変することが可能である。第三実施形態に開示された発明は、普通型コンバインや自脱型コンバイン等の収穫機、及び、トラクタや田植機等の農用作業機に適用でき、農用作業機だけでなく建設機械等の作業機にも適用できる。 The configuration disclosed in the above-mentioned third embodiment (including another embodiment of the third embodiment, the same shall apply hereinafter) shall be applied in combination with the configuration disclosed in other embodiments as long as there is no contradiction. It is possible. Further, the third embodiment disclosed in the present specification is an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and can be appropriately modified without departing from the object of the present invention. The invention disclosed in the third embodiment can be applied to harvesters such as ordinary combine harvesters and head-feeding combine harvesters, and agricultural work machines such as tractors and rice transplanters, and works not only for agricultural work machines but also for construction machines and the like. It can also be applied to machines.
〔第一実施形態〕
 3     :収穫部(作業装置)
 4     :脱穀装置(作業装置)
 5     :グレンタンク(作業装置)
 6     :穀粒排出装置(作業装置)
 8     :エンジン(駆動源)
 23    :第一伝動ベルト(伝動ベルト)
 23A   :脱穀クラッチ(作業クラッチ)
 52    :クラッチ操作ユニット
 53    :アクセル操作具
 55    :回転数検出センサ
 57    :報知部
 R     :エンジン回転数(回転数)
 RL    :閾値
 Rd    :第一変化率
 Ru    :第二変化率
 Tn    :報知タイマ(伝達切換操作の開始から予め設定された設定時間)
 Tw1   :第一待ちタイマ(第一間隔時間)
 Tw2   :第二待ちタイマ(第二間隔時間)
〔第二実施形態〕
 103   :刈取部
 104   :掻込リール
 117   :リールフレーム
 118   :支持バー(支持部材)
 131   :内側タイン(タイン)
 131a  :支持部
 131b  :バネ部
 131c  :作用部
 132   :ボルト
 132a  :ボルトの頭部
 135   :カバー部材
 136   :嵌合部
 137   :第一カバー部(カバー部)
 137a  :係合部(第一係合部)
 138   :第二カバー部(ボルトの頭部を覆う部分)
 139   :支持ブラケット
 139b  :押さえ部
 139c  :係合部(第二係合部)
 X1    :回転軸心
〔第三実施形態〕
 216   :エンジン
 217   :ラジエータ
 218   :冷却ファン
 219   :ファンシュラウド
 219a  :上側部分
 219b  :下側部分
 219c  :後側部分(手前側部分)
 219d  :前側部分(奥側部分)
 219e  :縦壁部分
 219e1 :左側縦壁部分(手前側縦壁部分)
 219e2 :右側縦壁部分(奥側縦壁部分)
 220   :エンジンルーム
 221   :エンジンボンネット
 222   :防塵ケース
 226   :支持フレーム
 243   :下部の枠状部
 255   :開口(ラジエータを後方に抜き外し可能な開口)
 257   :清掃口(上下に貫通する開口)
 258   :蓋体
 260   :吸気用開口(開口部)
 261   :周壁部
 262   :境界
 
 
[First Embodiment]
3: Harvesting section (working equipment)
4: Threshing device (working device)
5: Glen tank (working equipment)
6: Grain discharge device (working device)
8: Engine (drive source)
23: First transmission belt (transmission belt)
23A: Threshing clutch (working clutch)
52: Clutch operation unit 53: Accelerator operator 55: Rotation speed detection sensor 57: Notification unit R: Engine rotation speed (rotation speed)
RL: Threshold Rd: First change rate Ru: Second change rate Tn: Notification timer (preset set time from the start of transmission switching operation)
Tw1: First wait timer (first interval time)
Tw2: Second wait timer (second interval time)
[Second Embodiment]
103: Cutting part 104: Scraping reel 117: Reel frame 118: Support bar (support member)
131: Inner tine (tine)
131a: Support part 131b: Spring part 131c: Acting part 132: Bolt 132a: Bolt head 135: Cover member 136: Fitting part 137: First cover part (cover part)
137a: Engaging part (first engaging part)
138: Second cover (the part that covers the head of the bolt)
139: Support bracket 139b: Holding part 139c: Engaging part (second engaging part)
X1: Center of rotation [third embodiment]
216: Engine 217: Radiator 218: Cooling fan 219: Fan shroud 219a: Upper part 219b: Lower part 219c: Rear part (front part)
219d: Front side part (back side part)
219e: Vertical wall part 219e1: Left vertical wall part (front side vertical wall part)
219e2: Right vertical wall part (back side vertical wall part)
220: Engine room 221: Engine bonnet 222: Dustproof case 226: Support frame 243: Lower frame-shaped part 255: Opening (opening where the radiator can be removed rearward)
257: Cleaning port (opening that penetrates up and down)
258: Lid body 260: Intake opening (opening)
261: Peripheral wall 262: Boundary

Claims (29)

  1.  回転駆動可能な駆動源と、
     前記駆動源によって駆動される作業装置と、
     前記駆動源から前記作業装置へ動力伝達可能な伝動ベルトと、
     前記伝動ベルトに動力を伝達させる伝達状態と、前記伝動ベルトに動力を伝達させない非伝達状態と、に切換可能なベルトテンション式の作業クラッチと、
     前記作業クラッチの入操作に関する制御信号である入制御信号と、前記作業クラッチの切操作に関する前記制御信号である切制御信号と、に基づいて前記作業クラッチを前記伝達状態と前記非伝達状態とに切換操作可能なクラッチ操作ユニットと、
     前記駆動源の回転数を検出可能な回転数検出センサと、が備えられ、
     前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出したときに前記回転数が予め設定された閾値以下である場合、前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記非伝達状態の前記作業クラッチを前記伝達状態にする伝達切換操作を直ちに行い、
     前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出したときに前記回転数が前記閾値よりも高い場合、前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記回転数が前記閾値以下となるように前記駆動源の前記回転数を下げる第一回転数制御を行うとともに、前記回転数が前記閾値以下となった状態で前記伝達切換操作を行う作業車。
    With a drive source that can be driven to rotate
    A work device driven by the drive source and
    A transmission belt capable of transmitting power from the drive source to the work device,
    A belt tension type work clutch that can be switched between a transmission state in which power is transmitted to the transmission belt and a non-transmission state in which power is not transmitted to the transmission belt.
    Based on the on-control signal which is a control signal related to the on-operation of the work clutch and the off control signal which is the control signal related to the off-operation of the work clutch, the work clutch is put into the transmission state and the non-transmission state. A clutch operation unit that can be switched and
    A rotation speed detection sensor capable of detecting the rotation speed of the drive source is provided.
    When the clutch operating unit detects the on-control signal and the rotation speed is equal to or lower than a preset threshold value, the clutch operating unit switches the transmission of the working clutch in the non-transmission state to the transmission state. Perform the operation immediately
    When the rotation speed is higher than the threshold value when the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal, the clutch operation unit sets the rotation speed of the drive source so that the rotation speed is equal to or less than the threshold value. A work vehicle that controls the first rotation speed to be lowered and also performs the transmission switching operation in a state where the rotation speed is equal to or less than the threshold value.
  2.  前記第一回転数制御が行われて前記回転数が前記閾値以下となった状態で前記伝達切換操作が完了したら、前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記回転数が前記閾値よりも高くなるように前記駆動源の前記回転数を上げる第二回転数制御を行う請求項1に記載の作業車。 When the transmission switching operation is completed in a state where the first rotation speed control is performed and the rotation speed is equal to or lower than the threshold value, the clutch operation unit is driven so that the rotation speed becomes higher than the threshold value. The work vehicle according to claim 1, wherein the second rotation speed control for increasing the rotation speed of the source is performed.
  3.  前記回転数を設定するアクセル操作具が備えられ、
     前記クラッチ操作ユニットは、前記回転数が前記アクセル操作具の設定回転数に達するように前記第二回転数制御を行う請求項2に記載の作業車。
    An accelerator operation tool for setting the number of revolutions is provided.
    The work vehicle according to claim 2, wherein the clutch operation unit controls the second rotation speed so that the rotation speed reaches the set rotation speed of the accelerator operating tool.
  4.  前記第一回転数制御における前記回転数の単位時間当たりの変化率である第一変化率と、前記第二回転数制御における前記回転数の単位時間当たりの変化率である第二変化率と、が設定され、
     前記第一変化率は、前記第二変化率よりも小さい請求項2または3に記載の作業車。
    The first change rate, which is the rate of change of the rotation speed per unit time in the first rotation speed control, and the second change rate, which is the change rate of the rotation speed per unit time in the second rotation speed control, Is set,
    The work platform according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the first rate of change is smaller than the second rate of change.
  5.  前記第一変化率は、前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出した時点における前記回転数にかかわらず一定である請求項4に記載の作業車。 The work platform according to claim 4, wherein the first rate of change is constant regardless of the number of revolutions at the time when the clutch operating unit detects the on-control signal.
  6.  前記第一回転数制御の完了から前記伝達切換操作の開始までの時間である第一間隔時間と、前記伝達切換操作の完了から前記第二回転数制御の開始までの時間である第二間隔時間と、が設定され、
     前記第二間隔時間は前記第一間隔時間よりも長い請求項2から5の何れか一項に記載の作業車。
    The first interval time, which is the time from the completion of the first rotation speed control to the start of the transmission switching operation, and the second interval time, which is the time from the completion of the transmission switching operation to the start of the second rotation speed control. And are set,
    The work platform according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the second interval time is longer than the first interval time.
  7.  前記伝達切換操作に関する報知を可能な報知部が備えられ、
     前記報知部は、前記クラッチ操作ユニットが前記入制御信号を検出した時点と、前記伝達切換操作の開始から予め設定された設定時間が経過した時点と、に亘って前記伝達切換操作に関する報知をし続ける請求項1から6の何れか一項に記載の作業車。
    A notification unit capable of notifying the transmission switching operation is provided.
    The notification unit notifies the transmission switching operation over a time when the clutch operation unit detects the ON control signal and a time when a preset set time has elapsed from the start of the transmission switching operation. The work vehicle according to any one of claims 1 to 6 to be continued.
  8.  前記設定時間は、前記伝達切換操作の完了前の時点に設定され、
     前記報知部は、前記設定時間が経過した時点で報知を止める請求項7に記載の作業車。
    The set time is set to a time point before the completion of the transmission switching operation.
    The work vehicle according to claim 7, wherein the notification unit stops notification when the set time has elapsed.
  9.  植立作物を掻き込みながら刈り取る刈取部が備えられ、
     前記刈取部に、植立作物を掻き込む掻込リールが備えられている収穫機であって、
     前記掻込リールに、機体左右方向に沿って延びる回転軸心まわりで回転駆動される左右のリールフレームと、前記左右のリールフレームに亘って複数設けられ、機体左右方向に沿って延びる棒状の支持部材と、前記支持部材に機体左右方向に間隔をあけて取り付けられる複数のタインと、が備えられ、
     前記タインに、前記支持部材に支持される支持部と、前記支持部材の下方に位置するバネ部と、前記バネ部から垂れ下がる状態で設けられ、植立作物に掻込作用する作用部と、が備えられ、
     前記支持部材の外周部に嵌合する嵌合部と、前記バネ部の後方を通って下方に向けて延ばされ、前記バネ部を後方から覆うカバー部と、を有するカバー部材が備えられている収穫機。
    It is equipped with a cutting section that cuts the planted crops while scraping them.
    A harvester equipped with a scraping reel for scraping planted crops in the cutting section.
    The scraping reel is provided with a plurality of left and right reel frames that are rotationally driven around a rotation axis extending along the left and right directions of the machine, and a plurality of rod-shaped supports extending along the left and right directions of the machine. A member and a plurality of tines attached to the support member at intervals in the left-right direction of the machine body are provided.
    The tine has a support portion supported by the support member, a spring portion located below the support member, and an action portion provided in a state of hanging from the spring portion and acting on the planted crop. Be prepared,
    A cover member having a fitting portion fitted to the outer peripheral portion of the support member and a cover portion extending downward through the rear of the spring portion and covering the spring portion from the rear is provided. Harvester.
  10.  前記支持部は、前記支持部材の外周部にボルトによって固定され、
     前記カバー部材に、前記嵌合部と連続して設けられ、前記ボルトの頭部を覆う部分が備えられている請求項9に記載の収穫機。
    The support portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by bolts.
    The harvester according to claim 9, wherein the cover member is provided with a portion continuous with the fitting portion and covers the head of the bolt.
  11.  前記タインは、前記支持部材の後方を通って前記バネ部に至る形状に形成されており、
     前記嵌合部は、前記支持部材の外周部の前部に嵌合し、
     前記カバー部は、前記タインの後部に接触する状態で下方に向けて延ばされている請求項9または10に記載の収穫機。
    The tine is formed in a shape that passes behind the support member and reaches the spring portion.
    The fitting portion is fitted to the front portion of the outer peripheral portion of the support member.
    The harvester according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the cover portion is extended downward in contact with the rear portion of the tine.
  12.  前記カバー部は、前記バネ部の後部に接触する状態で前記バネ部の下端よりも下側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされている請求項11に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to claim 11, wherein the cover portion is extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the spring portion in a state of being in contact with the rear portion of the spring portion.
  13.  前記カバー部は、前記嵌合部の下端よりも下側の高さ位置まで下方に向けて延ばされており、
     前記カバー部のうち前記嵌合部の下端よりも下側に位置する下側部分を支持する支持ブラケットが備えられている請求項11または12に記載の収穫機。
    The cover portion is extended downward to a height position below the lower end of the fitting portion.
    The harvester according to claim 11 or 12, wherein a support bracket for supporting a lower portion of the cover portion located below the lower end of the fitting portion is provided.
  14.  前記支持部は、前記支持部材の外周部にボルトによって固定され、
     前記支持ブラケットは、前記支持部とともに前記支持部材の外周部に前記ボルトによって固定されている請求項13に記載の収穫機。
    The support portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by bolts.
    The harvester according to claim 13, wherein the support bracket is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member together with the support portion by the bolt.
  15.  前記カバー部材に、第一係合部が備えられ、かつ、前記支持ブラケットに、第二係合部が備えられ、
     前記第一係合部と前記第二係合部とが係合した状態で、前記支持ブラケットが前記支持部材の外周部に前記ボルトによって固定されている請求項14に記載の収穫機。
    The cover member is provided with a first engaging portion, and the support bracket is provided with a second engaging portion.
    The harvester according to claim 14, wherein the support bracket is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the support member by the bolt in a state where the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion are engaged.
  16.  前記支持ブラケットに、前記支持部材の断面視で前記嵌合部を前記支持部材とは反対側から押さえる押さえ部が備えられている請求項13から15の何れか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the support bracket is provided with a pressing portion that presses the fitting portion from the side opposite to the supporting member in a cross-sectional view of the supporting member.
  17.  前記カバー部材は、複数の前記タインを覆う長尺部材であり、
     前記カバー部材のうち左右両側における前記下側部分が夫々前記支持ブラケットに支持されている請求項13から16の何れか一項に記載の収穫機。
    The cover member is a long member that covers a plurality of the tines.
    The harvester according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein the lower portions on both the left and right sides of the cover member are supported by the support brackets, respectively.
  18.  前記タインに、一の前記支持部と、前記一の支持部に対して左右に振り分け配置される左右の前記バネ部と、前記左右のバネ部の夫々に対応する左右の前記作用部と、が備えられている請求項9から17の何れか一項に記載の収穫機。 In the tine, one support portion, left and right spring portions distributed to the left and right with respect to the one support portion, and left and right action portions corresponding to the left and right spring portions are provided. The harvester according to any one of claims 9 to 17, which is provided.
  19.  前記カバー部を支持する支持ブラケットが、前記左右のバネ部の間で前記支持部材に取り付けられている請求項18に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to claim 18, wherein a support bracket that supports the cover portion is attached to the support member between the left and right spring portions.
  20.  前記バネ部は、前記支持部材の前下方に位置し、
     前記カバー部は、側面視で前記バネ部の後部に沿って前下がりに傾斜している請求項9から19の何れか一項に記載の収穫機。
    The spring portion is located below the front of the support member and is located below the front.
    The harvester according to any one of claims 9 to 19, wherein the cover portion is inclined forward and downward along the rear portion of the spring portion in a side view.
  21.  エンジンを覆ってエンジンルームを形成するとともに、運転座席を下側から支持し、かつ、横外方に向けて開放されたエンジンボンネットと、
     前記エンジンルームにおいて前記エンジンの横外側に設けられたエンジン冷却用のラジエータと、
     前記ラジエータの横外側に設けられ、通気を許容し且つ塵埃の通過を阻止する状態で、前記ラジエータの横外側を塞ぐ防塵ケースと、
     前記ラジエータの横内側に設けられ、前記防塵ケースを通して外気を引き込んで前記ラジエータを冷却する冷却ファンと、
     前記冷却ファンと前記ラジエータとの間の吸気用空間の外周を囲う状態で前記冷却ファンと前記ラジエータとに亘るように設けられ、前記ラジエータから前記冷却ファンへ外気を導くファンシュラウドと、
     前記防塵ケースの横内側に形成された開口部と前記ラジエータとに亘るように設けられ、前記ラジエータを支持する支持フレームとが備えられ、
     前記ラジエータが、冷却面に沿って後方に向けてスライド移動可能に前記支持フレームに支持され、
     前記エンジンルームの後部に、前記ラジエータを後方に抜き外し可能な開口が形成されている作業機。
    An engine bonnet that covers the engine to form an engine room, supports the driver's seat from below, and is open to the outside.
    In the engine room, a radiator for cooling the engine provided on the lateral side of the engine and
    A dustproof case provided on the lateral side of the radiator to block the lateral side of the radiator in a state of allowing ventilation and blocking the passage of dust.
    A cooling fan provided on the lateral inside of the radiator and drawing outside air through the dustproof case to cool the radiator.
    A fan shroud that is provided so as to surround the cooling fan and the radiator so as to surround the outer periphery of the intake space between the cooling fan and the radiator and guides outside air from the radiator to the cooling fan.
    A support frame provided so as to extend over the opening formed on the lateral inner side of the dustproof case and the radiator and to support the radiator is provided.
    The radiator is supported by the support frame so that it can slide backward along the cooling surface.
    A working machine in which an opening is formed in the rear part of the engine room so that the radiator can be pulled out and removed rearward.
  22.  前記ファンシュラウドは、周方向において、複数の分割体に分割可能に構成されている請求項21に記載の作業機。 The working machine according to claim 21, wherein the fan shroud is configured to be able to be divided into a plurality of divided bodies in the circumferential direction.
  23.  前記ファンシュラウドは、前記複数の分割体のうちの一部の分割体が前記ラジエータに支持され、前記複数の分割体のうちの他の分割体が前記ラジエータと分離している請求項22に記載の作業機。 The fan shroud according to claim 22, wherein a part of the plurality of divided bodies is supported by the radiator, and the other divided body of the plurality of divided bodies is separated from the radiator. Working machine.
  24.  前記一部の分割体は、前記ラジエータに着脱可能に支持され、かつ、前記ラジエータの抜き外し方向に沿って後方に抜き外し可能である請求項23に記載の作業機。 The working machine according to claim 23, wherein the part of the divided body is detachably supported by the radiator and can be detached rearward along the removing direction of the radiator.
  25.  前記ファンシュラウドのうち、前記吸気用空間の上側を覆う上側部分、前記吸気用空間の下側を覆う下側部分、及び、前記吸気用空間の前記抜き外し方向の手前側を覆う手前側部分が、抜き外し可能である請求項24に記載の作業機。 Of the fan shroud, an upper portion that covers the upper side of the intake space, a lower portion that covers the lower side of the intake space, and a front portion that covers the front side of the intake space in the removal direction. The working machine according to claim 24, which is removable.
  26.  前記上側部分、前記下側部分、及び、前記手前側部分が一体形成されている請求項25に記載の作業機。 The working machine according to claim 25, wherein the upper portion, the lower portion, and the front side portion are integrally formed.
  27.  前記ファンシュラウドのうち、前記吸気用空間の前記冷却ファン側の側面を覆う縦壁部分が、前記抜き外し方向の手前側に位置する手前側縦壁部分と、前記抜き外し方向の奥側に位置する奥側縦壁部分とに分割され、
     前記手前側縦壁部分は、前記上側部分、前記下側部分、及び、前記手前側部分と一体的に後方に抜き外し可能であり、
     前記奥側縦壁部分は、前記吸気用空間の前記抜き外し方向の奥側を覆う奥側部分と一体的に設けられている請求項26に記載の作業機。
    Of the fan shroud, the vertical wall portion covering the side surface of the intake space on the cooling fan side is located on the front side vertical wall portion located on the front side in the removal direction and on the back side in the removal direction. It is divided into the vertical wall part on the back side,
    The front vertical wall portion can be integrally removed and removed rearward from the upper portion, the lower portion, and the front portion.
    The working machine according to claim 26, wherein the back side vertical wall portion is integrally provided with a back side portion that covers the back side of the intake space in the removal direction.
  28.  前記縦壁部分に、前記冷却ファンによる吸気が行われる吸気用開口が形成され、
     前記吸気用開口の外周部に、前記冷却ファン側に突出する周壁部が形成され、
     前記冷却ファンが、前記周壁部に入り込む状態で備えられ、
     前記周壁部のうちの前記手前側縦壁部分と前記奥側縦壁部分との境界が、連結解除可能に連結され、
     前記上側部分、前記下側部分、及び、前記手前側部分が前記ラジエータに支持されている請求項27に記載の作業機。
    An intake opening for intake by the cooling fan is formed in the vertical wall portion.
    A peripheral wall portion protruding toward the cooling fan is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the intake opening.
    The cooling fan is provided so as to enter the peripheral wall portion.
    The boundary between the front vertical wall portion and the back vertical wall portion of the peripheral wall portion is connected so as to be disconnectable.
    The working machine according to claim 27, wherein the upper portion, the lower portion, and the front side portion are supported by the radiator.
  29.  前記支持フレームは、前記ラジエータの外周に沿う四方枠状に形成され、かつ、下部の枠状部に上下に貫通する開口が形成され、
     前記開口を開閉可能な蓋体が備えられている請求項21から28の何れか1項に記載の作業機。
     
     
    The support frame is formed in a square frame shape along the outer circumference of the radiator, and an opening that penetrates vertically is formed in the lower frame shape portion.
    The working machine according to any one of claims 21 to 28, which is provided with a lid capable of opening and closing the opening.

PCT/JP2020/016610 2019-04-24 2020-04-15 Work vehicle, harvesting machine, and work machine WO2020218123A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410010620.7A CN117751757A (en) 2019-04-24 2020-04-15 Harvester and working machine
CN202080026219.2A CN113677193B (en) 2019-04-24 2020-04-15 Work vehicle, harvester and work machine

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019083085A JP7169934B2 (en) 2019-04-24 2019-04-24 harvester
JP2019-083085 2019-04-24
JP2019-102495 2019-05-31
JP2019-102492 2019-05-31
JP2019102492A JP7183114B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2019-05-31 work machine
JP2019102495A JP7183115B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2019-05-31 work vehicle

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020218123A1 true WO2020218123A1 (en) 2020-10-29

Family

ID=72942517

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/016610 WO2020218123A1 (en) 2019-04-24 2020-04-15 Work vehicle, harvesting machine, and work machine

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN117751757A (en)
WO (1) WO2020218123A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000116226A (en) * 1998-10-14 2000-04-25 Iseki & Co Ltd Combine harvester
JP2005178631A (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-07-07 Yanmar Co Ltd Working vehicle
JP2005255042A (en) * 2004-03-12 2005-09-22 Yanmar Co Ltd Working vehicle
JP2010187572A (en) * 2009-02-17 2010-09-02 Yanmar Co Ltd Working vehicle
US20110203243A1 (en) * 2009-02-27 2011-08-25 Jan Finkler Self-Propelled Harvesting Machine
JP5697946B2 (en) * 2010-04-26 2015-04-08 株式会社クボタ Work vehicle

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AT169958B (en) * 1948-10-01 1951-12-27 Eugen Bautz Drum hay machine with tractor drive
JP5735385B2 (en) * 2011-09-16 2015-06-17 ヤンマー株式会社 Combine
TWI569715B (en) * 2013-08-26 2017-02-11 井關農機股份有限公司 Motor power portion mechanism of working vehicle

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000116226A (en) * 1998-10-14 2000-04-25 Iseki & Co Ltd Combine harvester
JP2005178631A (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-07-07 Yanmar Co Ltd Working vehicle
JP2005255042A (en) * 2004-03-12 2005-09-22 Yanmar Co Ltd Working vehicle
JP2010187572A (en) * 2009-02-17 2010-09-02 Yanmar Co Ltd Working vehicle
US20110203243A1 (en) * 2009-02-27 2011-08-25 Jan Finkler Self-Propelled Harvesting Machine
JP5697946B2 (en) * 2010-04-26 2015-04-08 株式会社クボタ Work vehicle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117751757A (en) 2024-03-26
CN113677193A (en) 2021-11-19
CN113677193B (en) 2024-01-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3228175B1 (en) Integrated reversing system with belt engagement
EP3597028B1 (en) Variable fan drive dependent on cleaning fan drive load
WO2020218123A1 (en) Work vehicle, harvesting machine, and work machine
CN107950174B (en) Combine harvester
EP3653040B1 (en) Reel drive assembly for an agricultural header
WO2014141792A1 (en) Combine
KR102652751B1 (en) Combine
JP2020010724A (en) Threshing cylinder
JP6922029B2 (en) combine
JP2013059283A (en) Combine harvester
JP7183115B2 (en) work vehicle
JP6265880B2 (en) Normal combine
JP7142553B2 (en) General-purpose combine
CN213245768U (en) Harvesting machine
JP3517836B2 (en) Combine
JP6619371B2 (en) Combine
JP2006262871A (en) Transmission structure of combine harvester
JP2000004645A (en) Combine harvester
JP3309133B2 (en) Combine harvester
JP3580420B2 (en) Combine dust remover
JP2002345320A (en) Dust removing apparatus in combine harvester
JP2023066592A (en) Threshing cylinder structure of general-purpose thresher
JP2023006437A (en) Reaper and harvesting machine
JPH07132012A (en) Second mower device in harvester
JP3517837B2 (en) Combine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20794111

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20794111

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1